The Church History of Eusebius 5

Eusebius of Caesarea (AD 265–339) · PG 20, 68–1464

5.1.1 The Number of those who fought for Religion in Gaul Under Verus and the Nature of their Conflicts

1. The country in which the arena was prepared for them was Gaul, of which Lyons and Vienne are the principal and most celebrated cities. The Rhone passes through both of them, flowing in a broad stream through the entire region.

[Nic. Η. E. IV, 6-17] Γαλλία μὲν οὐν ἡ χώρα ἦν, καθ’ ἣν τὸ τῶν δηλουμένων συνεκροτεῖτο στάδιον, ἧς μητροπόλεις ἐπίσημοι καὶ παρὰ τὰς ἄλλας τῶν αὐτόθι διαφέρουσαι βεβόηνται Λούγοδουνος καὶ Βίεννα, δι’ ὧν ἀμφοτέρων τὴν ἅπασαν χώραν πολλῷ τῷ ῥεύματι περιρρέων ὁ Ῥοδανὸς ποταμὸς διέξεισι.

5.1.2

2. The most celebrated churches in that country sent an account of the witnesses to the churches in Asia and Phrygia, relating in the following manner what was done among them.

I will give their own words.

τὴν οὐν περὶ τῶν μαρτύρων γραφὴν αἱ τῇδε διαφανέσταται ἐκκλησίαι ταῖς κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν διαπέμπονται, τὰ παρ’ αὐταῖς πραχθέντα τοῦτον ἀνιστοροῦσαι τὸν τρόπον.

5.1.3

3. “The servants of Christ residing at Vienne and Lyons, in Gaul, to the brethren through out Asia and Phrygia, who hold the same faith and hope of redemption, peace and grace and glory from God the Father and Christ Jesus our Lord.”

παραθήσομαι δὲ τὰς αὐτῶν φωνάς “οἱ ἐν Βιέννῃ καὶ Λουγδούνῳ τῆς Γαλ- “ λίας “λίας παροικοῦντες δοῦλοι Χριστοῦ τοῖς Ἀσίαν καὶ Φρυγίαν τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς ἀπολυτρώσεως ‘ἡμῖν πίστιν καὶ ἐλπίδα ἔχουσιν ἀδελφοῖς εἰρήνη ‘καὶ χάρις καὶ δόξα ἀπὸ θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ Χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.”

5.1.4

4. Then, having related some other matters, they begin their account in this manner: “The greatness of the tribulation in this region, and the fury of the heathen against the saints, and the sufferings of the blessed witnesses, we cannot recount accurately, nor indeed could they possibly be recorded.

εἶτα τούτοις ἐξῆς ἕτερα προοιμιασάμενοι τὴν τοῦ λόγου καταρχὴν ποιοῦνται ἐν τούτοις “τὸ μὲν οὖν μέγεθος τῆς ἐνθάδε θλίψεως καὶ τὴν τοσαύτην τῶν ἐθνῶν εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους ὀργὴν, καὶ ὅσα ὑπέμειναν οἱ μακάριοι μάρτυρες, ἐπ’ ἀκριβὲς οὔθ’ ἡμεῖς εἰπεῖν ἱκανοὶ οὔτε μὴν γραφῇ περιληφθῆναι δυνατόν.

5.1.5

5. For with all his might the adversary fell upon us, giving us a foretaste of his unbridled activity at his future coming. He endeavored in every manner to practice and exercise his servants against the servants of God, not only shutting us out from houses and baths and markets, but forbidding any of us to be seen in any place whatever.

παντὶ γὰρ σθένει “ἐνέσκηψεν ὁ ἀντικείμενος, προοιμιαζόμενος ἤδη τὴν “ἀδεῶς μέλλουσαν ἔσεσθαι παρουσίαν αὐτοῦ, καὶ διὰ “πάντων διῆλθεν, ἐθίζων τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ καὶ προγυ- “μνάζων κατὰ τῶν δούλων τοῦ θεοῦ, ὥστε μὴ μόνον “οἰκιῶν καὶ βαλανείων καὶ ἀγορᾶς εἴργεσθαι, ἀλλὰ “καὶ τὸ καθόλου φαίνεσθαι ἡμῶν τινὰ αὐτοῖς ἀπειρῆσθαι “ἐν ὁποίῳ δήποτε τόπῳ.

5.1.6

6. But the grace of God led the conflict against him, and delivered the weak, and set them as firm pillars, able through patience to endure all the wrath of the Evil One. And they joined battle with him, undergoing all kinds of shame and injury; and regarding their great sufferings as little, they hastened to Christ, manifesting truly that ‘the sufferings of this present time are not worthy to be compared with the glory which shall be revealed to us-ward.’

ἀντεστρατήγει “δὲ ἡ χάρις τοῦ θεοῦ, καὶ τοὺς μὲν ἀσθενεῖς ἐρρύετο, “ἀντιπαρέτασσε δὲ στύλους ἑδραίους, δυναμένους “διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς πᾶσαν τὴν ὁρμὴν τοῦ πονηροῦ “εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἑλκύσαι, οἳ καὶ ὁμόσε ἐχώρουν “αὐτῷ, πᾶν εἶδος ὀνειδισμοῦ καὶ κολάσεως ἀνεχόμενοι, “οἳ καὶ τὰ πολλὰ ὀλίγα ἡγούμενοι ἔσπευδον πρὸς “Χριστὸν, ὄντως ἐπιδεικνύμενοι ὅτι οὐκ ἄξια τὰ παθήματα “τοῦ νῦν καιροῦ πρὸς τὴν μέλλουσαν δόξαν “ἀποκαλυφθῆναι εἰς ἡμᾶς.

5.1.7

7. First of all, they endured nobly the injuries heaped upon them by the populace; clamors and blows and draggings and robberies and stonings and imprisonments, and all things which an infuriated mob delight in inflicting on enemies and adversaries.

καὶ πρῶτον μὲν τὰ “ἀπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου πανδημεὶ σωρηδὸν ἐπιφερόμενα γενναίως “ὑπέμενον, ἐπιβοήσεις καὶ πληγὰς καὶ συρμοὺς “καὶ διαρπαγὰς καὶ λίθων βολὰς καὶ συγκλείσεις “καὶ πάνθ’ ὅσα ἠγριωμένῳ πλήθει ὡς πρὸς “ἐχθροὺς καὶ πολεμίους φιλεῖ γίνεσθαι.

5.1.8

8. Then, being taken to the forum by the chiliarch and the authorities of the city, they were examined in the presence of the whole multitude, and having confessed, they were imprisoned until the arrival of the governor.

καὶ δὴ “ἀναχθέντες εἰς τὴν ἀγορὰν ὑπό τε τοῦ χιλιάρχου “καὶ τῶν προεστηκότων τῆς πόλεως ἐξουσιῶν, ἐπὶ “παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους ἀνακριθέντες καὶ ὁμολογήσαντες, “συνεκλείσθησαν εἰς τὴν εἱρκτὴν ἕως τοὐ ήγεμόνος “τῆς παρουσίας

5.1.9

9. When, afterwards, they were brought before him, and he treated us with the utmost cruelty, Vettius Epagathus, one of the brethren, and a man filled with love for God and his neighbor, interfered. His life was so consistent that, although young, he had attained a reputation equal to that of the elder Zacharias: for he ‘walked in all the commandments and ordinances of the Lord blameless,’ and was untiring in every good work for his neighbor, zealous for God and fervent in spirit. Such being his character, he could not endure the unreasonable judgment against us, but was filled with indignation, and asked to be permitted to testify in behalf of his brethren, that there is among us nothing ungodly or impious.

μετέπειτα δὲ ἐπὶ τὸν ἡγεμόνα “ἀχθέντων αὐτῶν, κἀκείνου πάσῃ τῇ πρὸς ἡμᾶς “ὠμότητι χρωμένου, Οὐέττοις Ἐπάγαθος, εἷς ἐκ τῶν “ἀδελφῶν, πλήρωμα ἀγάπης τῆς πρὸς τὸν θεὸν καὶ “πρὸς τὸν πλησίον κεχωρηκὼς — οὑ καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ἠκρίβωτο ἡ πολιτεία, ὡς καίπερ ὄντα νέον συνεξισοῦσθαι τῇ τοῦ πρεσβυτέρου Ζαχαρίου μαρτυρίᾳ· “πεπόρευτο γοῦν ἐν πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ δικαιώ- ῾μασι τοῦ κυρίου ἄμεμπτος, πάσῃ τῇ πρὸς τὸν πλη- “σίον λειτουργίᾳ ἄοκνος, ζῆλον θεοῦ πολὺν ἔχων, “καὶ ζέων τῷ πνεύματι — τοιοῦτος δή τις ὢν τὴν ‘οὕτως καθ’ ἡμῶν ἀλόγως γινομένην κρίσιν οὐκ ἐβά- “στασεν, ἀλλ’ ὑπερηγανάκτησε, καὶ ἠξίου καὶ αὐτὸς ἀκουσθῆναι ἀπολογούμενος ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν, ὅτι μηδὲν ἄθεον μηδὲ ἀσεβές ἐστιν ἐν ἡμῖν.

5.1.10

10. But those about the judgment seat cried out against him, for he was a man of distinction; and the governor refused to grant his just request, and merely asked if he also were a Christian. And he, confessing this with a loud voice, was himself taken into the order of the witnesses, being called the Advocate of the Christians, but having the Advocate in himself, the Spirit more abundantly than Zacharias. He showed this by the fullness of his love, being well pleased even to lay down his life in defense of the brethren. For he was and is a true disciple of Christ, ‘following the Lamb whithersoever he goeth.’

τῶν δὲ περὶ τὸ βῆμα καταβοησάντων αὐτοῦ, (καὶ γὰρ ἠν ἐπίσημος), καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος μὴ ἀνασχομένου τῆς οὕτως ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ δικαίας προταθείσης ἀξιώσεως, ἀλλὰ μόνον τοῦτο πυθομένου, εἰ καὶ αὐτὸς εἴη Χριστιανὸς, τοῦ δὲ λαμπροτάτῃ φωνῇ ὁμολογήσαντος, ἀνελήφθη καὶ αὐτὸς εἰς τὸν κλῆρον τῶν μαρτύρων, παράκλητος Χριστιανῶν χρηματίσας, ἔχων δὲ τὸν παράκλητον ἐν ἑαυτῷ, τὸ πνεῦμα πλέον τοῦ Ζαχαρίου, ὃ διὰ τοῦ πληρώματος τῆς ἀγάπης ἐνεδείξατο, εὐδοκήσας ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἀπολογίας καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ θεῖναι ψυχήν. ἦν γὰρ καὶ ἔστι γνήσιος Χριστοῦ μαθητὴς, ἀκολουθῶν τῷ ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγῃ.

5.1.11

11. “Then the others were divided, and the proto-witnesses were manifestly ready, and finished their confession with all eagerness. But some appeared unprepared and untrained, weak as yet, and unable to endure so great a conflict. About ten of these proved abortions, causing us great grief and sorrow beyond measure, and impairing the zeal of the others who had not yet been seized, but who, though suffering all kinds of affliction, continued constantly with the witnesses and did not forsake them.

ἐντεῦθεν δὴ διεκρίνοντο οἱ λοιποὶ, καὶ φανεροὶ καὶ ἕτοιμοι ἐγίνοντο πρωτομάρτυρες, οἳ καὶ μετὰ πάσης προθυμίας ἀνεπλήρουν τὴν ὁμολογίαν τῆς μαρτυρίας, ἐφαίνοντο δὲ καὶ οἱ ἀνέτοιμοι καὶ ἀγύμναστοι καὶ ἔτι ἀσθενεῖς, ἀγῶνος μεγάλου τόνον ἐνεγκεῖν μὴ δυνάμενοι, ὧν καὶ ἐξέτρωσαν ὡς δέκα τὸν ἀριθμὸν, οἳ καὶ μεγάλην λύπην καὶ πένθος ἀμέτρητον ἐνεποίησαν ἡμῖν, καὶ τὴν προθυμίαν τῶν “λοιπῶν τῶν μὴ συνειλημμένων ἐνέκοψαν, οἳ καί “πάντα τὰ δεινὰ πάσχοντες ὅμως συμπαρῆσαν τοῖς “μάρτυσι καὶ οὐκ ἀπελείποντο αὐτῶν.

5.1.12

12. Then all of us feared greatly on account of uncertainty as to their confession; not because we dreaded the sufferings to be endured, but because we looked to the end, and were afraid that some of them might fall away.

τότε δὴ “ οἱ πάντες μεγάλως ἐπτοήθημεν, διὰ τὸ ἄδηλον τῆς “ὁμολογίας, οὐ τὰς ἐπιφερομένας κολάσεις φοβούμε- ‘νοι, ἀλλὰ τὸ τέλος ἀφορῶντες, καὶ τὸ ἀποπεσεῖν τινὰ ‘δεδιότες.

5.1.13

13. But those who were worthy were seized day by day, filling up their number, so that all the zealous persons, and those through whom especially our affairs had been established, were collected together out of the two churches.

συνελαμβάνοντο μέντοι καθ’ ἑκάστην “ἡμέραν οἱ ἄξιοι, τὸν ἐκείνων ἀναπληροῦντες ἀρι- “θμὸν, ὥστε συλλεγῆναι ἐκ τῶν δύο ἐκκλησιῶν πάν- “τας τοὺς σπουδαίους, καὶ δι’ ὧν μάλιστα συνειστή- “κει τὰ ἐνθάδε.

5.1.14

14. And some of our heathen servants also were seized, as the governor had commanded that all of us should be examined publicly. These, being ensnared by Satan, and fearing for themselves the tortures which they beheld the saints endure, and being also urged on by the soldiers, accused us falsely of Thyestean banquets and Œdipodean intercourse, and of deeds which are not only unlawful for us to speak of or to think, but which we cannot believe were ever done by men.

συνελαμβάνοντο δὲ καὶ ἐθνικοί “τινες οἰκέται τῶν ἡμετέρων, ἐπεὶ δημοσίᾳ ἐκέλευσεν “ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἀναζητεῖσθαι πάντας ἡμᾶς· οἳ καὶ κατ’ ἐνέ- “δραν τοῦ σατανᾶ, φοβηθέντες τὰς βασάνους ἃς τοὺς “ἁγίους ἔβλεπον πάσχοντας, τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπί τοῦτο “παρορμώντων αὐτοὺς κατεψεύσαντο ἡμῶν Θυέστεια “δεῖπνα καὶ Οἰδιποδείους μίξεις καὶ ὅσα μήτε λαλεῖν “μήτε νοεῖν θέμις ἡμῖν, ἀλλἀ μηδὲ πιστεύειν, εἴ τι τοι- “οῦτο πώποτε παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἐγένετο.

5.1.15

15. When these accusations were reported, all the people raged like wild beasts against us, so that even if any had before been moderate on account of friendship, they were now exceedingly furious and gnashed their teeth against us. And that which was spoken by our Lord was fulfilled: ‘The time will come when whosoever killeth you will think that he doeth God service.’

τούτων δὲ “φημισθέντων πάντες ἀπεθηριώθησαν εἰς ἡμᾶς, ὥστε “καὶ εἴ τινες τὸ πρότερον δι’ οἰκειότητα ἐμετρίαζον, “τότε μεγάλως ἐχαλέπαινον καὶ διεπρίοντο καθ’ ἡμῶν. “ἐπληροῦτο δὲ τὸ ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν εἰρημένον, ὅτι ἐλεύσεται καιρὸς ἐν ᾧ πᾶς ὁ ἀποκτείνας ὑμᾶς “δόξει λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ.

5.1.16

16. Then finally the holy witnesses endured sufferings beyond description, Satan striving earnestly that some of the slanders might be uttered by them also.

ἐνταῦθα “λοιπὸν ὑπεράνω πάσης ἐξηγήσεως ὑπέμενον “σεῖς οἱ ἅγιοι μάρτυρες, φιλοτιμουμένου τοῦ σατανᾶ “καὶ δι’ ἐκείνων ῥηθῆναί τι τῶν βλασφήμων.

5.1.17

17. “But the whole wrath of the populace, and governor, and soldiers was aroused exceedingly against Sanctus, the deacon from Vienne, and Maturus, a late convert, yet a noble combatant, and against Attalus, a native of Pergamos where he had always been a pillar and foundation, and Blandina, through whom Christ showed that things which appear mean and obscure and despicable to men are with God of great glory, through love toward him manifested in power, and not boasting in appearance.

“ὑπερβεβλημένως δὲ ἐνέσκηψεν ἡ ὀργὴ πᾶσα καὶ “ὄχλου καὶ ἡγεμόνος καὶ στρατιωτῶν εἰς Σάγκτον “τὸν διάκονον ἀπὸ Βιέννης, καὶ εἰς Μάτουρον, νεο- “φώτιστον μὲν, ἀλλὰ γενναῖον ἀγωνιστὴν, καὶ εἰς “Ἄτταλον Περγαμηνὸν τῷ γένει, στῦλον καὶ “τῶν ἐνταῦθα ἀεὶ γεγονότα, καὶ εἰς Βλανδῖναν, δι ἧς ἐπέδειξεν ὁ Χριστὸς ὅτι τὰ παρὰ ἀνθρώποις εὐτελῆ καὶ ἀειδῆ καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητα φαινόμενα μεγάλης καταξιοῦται παρὰ θεῷ δόξης, διὰ τὴν πρὸς “αὐτὸν ἀγάπην, τὴν ἐν δυνάμει δεικνυμένην, καὶ μὴ “ἐν εἴδει καυχωμένην.

5.1.18

18. For while we all trembled, and her earthly mistress, who was herself also one of the witnesses, feared that on account of the weakness of her body, she would be unable to make bold confession, Blandina was filled with such power as to be delivered and raised above those who were torturing her by turns from morning till evening in every manner, so that they acknowledged that they were conquered, and could do nothing more to her. And they were astonished at her endurance, as her entire body was mangled and broken; and they testified that one of these forms of torture was sufficient to destroy life, not to speak of so many and so great sufferings.

ἡμῶν γὰρ πάντων δεδιό- ‘των, καὶ τῆς σαρκίνης δεσποίνης αὐτῆς, ἥτις ἦν καὶ αὐτὴ τῶν μαρτύρων μία ἀγωνίστρια, ἀγωνιώσης “μὴ οὐδὲ τὴν ὁμολογίαν δυνήσεται παρρησιάσασθαι διὰ τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ σώματος, ἡ Βλανδῖνα τοσαύτης “ἐπληρώθη δυνάμεως ὥστε ἐκλυθῆναι καὶ παρεθῆ- “ναι τοὺς κατὰ διαδοχὰς παντὶ τρόπῳ βασανίζοντας “αὐτὴν ἀπὸ ἑωθινῆς ἕως ἑσπέρας, καὶ αὐτοὺς ὁμολογοῦντας ὅτι νενίκηνται, μηδὲν ἔχοντες μηκέτι ὃ ῾ποιήσουσιν αὐτῇ, καὶ θαυμάζειν ἐπὶ τῷ παραμένειν ‘ἔμπνουν αὐτὴν, παντὸς τοῦ σώματος διερρωγότος καὶ ἠνεῳγμένου, καὶ μαρτυρεῖν ὅτι ἓν εἶδος στρεβλώσεως ἱκανὸν ἠν πρὸς τὸ ἐξαγαγεῖν τὴν ψυχὴν, οὐχ ὅτι γε τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα.

5.1.19

19. But the blessed woman, like a noble athlete, renewed her strength in her confession; and her comfort and recreation and relief from the pain of her sufferings was in exclaiming, ‘I am a Christian, and there is nothing vile done by us.’

ἀλλ’ ἡ μακαρία ὡς γενναῖος ἀθλητὴς ἀνενέαζεν ἐν τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ, καὶ ἦν αὐτῆς ἀνάληψις καὶ ἀνάπαυσις καὶ ἀναλγησία τῶν συμβαινόντων τὸ λέγειν ὅτι Χριστιανή εἰμι καὶ παρ’ ἡμῖν οὐδὲν φαῦλον γίνεται.

5.1.20

20. “But Sanctus also endured marvelously and superhumanly all the outrages which he suffered. While the wicked men hoped, by the continuance and severity of his tortures to wring something from him which he ought not to say, he girded himself against them with such firmness that he would not even tell his name, or the nation or city to which he belonged, or whether he was bond or free, but answered in the Roman tongue to all their questions, ‘I am a Christian.’ He confessed this instead of name and city and race and everything besides, and the people heard from him no other word.

ὁ δὲ Σάγκτος καὶ αὐτὸς ὑπερβεβλημένως καὶ ὑπὲρ πάντα ἄνθρωπον πάσας τὰς ἐξ ἀνθρώπων αἰκίας γενναίως ὑπομένων, τῶν ἀνόμων ἐλπιζόντων διὰ τὴν ἐπιμονὴν καὶ τὸ μέγεθος τῶν βασάνων ἀκούσεσθαί τι παρ’ αὐτοῦ τῶν μὴ δεόντων, τοσαύτῃ ὑποστάσει ἀντιπαρετάξατο αὐτοῖς ὥστε μηδὲ τὸ ἴδιον κατειπεῖν “ὄνομα, μήτε ἔθνους, μήτε πόλεως ὅθεν ἦν, μήτε εἰ “δοῦλος ἢ ἐλεύθερος εἴη, ἀλλὰ πρὸς πάντα τὰ ἐπε- “ρωτώμενα ἀπεκρίνατο τῇ ῾Ρωμαϊκῇ φωνῇ ῾Χριστια- “νός εἰμι.᾿ τοῦτο καὶ ἀντὶ ὀνόματος καὶ ἀντὶ πό- “λεως καὶ ἀντὶ γένους καὶ ἀντὶ παντὸς ἐπαλλήλως “ὡμολόγει, ἄλλην δὲ φωνὴν οὐκ ἤκουσαν αὐτοῦ τὰ “ἔθνη.

5.1.21

21. There arose therefore on the part of the governor and his tormentors a great desire to conquer him; but having nothing more that they could do to him, they finally fastened red-hot brazen plates to the most tender parts of his body.

ὅθεν δὴ καὶ φιλονεικία μεγάλη τοῦ “τε ἡγεμόνος καὶ τῶν βασανιστῶν ἐγένετο πρὸς αὐ- “τὸν, ὥστε ὁπότε μηκέτι μηδὲν εἶχον ὃ ποιήσουσιν “αὐτῷ, τὸ τελευταῖον χαλκᾶς λεπίδας διαπύρους “προσεκόλλων τοῖς τρυφερωτάτοις μέλεσι τοῦ σώμα- “τος αὐτοῦ.

5.1.22

22. And these indeed were burned, but he continued unbending and unyielding, firm in his confession, and refreshed and strengthened by the heavenly fountain of the water of life, flowing from the bowels of Christ.

καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ἐκαίετο, αὐτὸς δὲ πα- “ρέμενεν ἀνεπίκαμπτος καὶ ἀνένδοτος, στερρὸς πρὸς “τὴν ὁμολογίαν, ὑπὸ τῆς οὐρανίου πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδα- “τος τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ ἐξιόντος ἐκ τῆς νηδύος τοῦ Χρι- “στοῦ δροσιζόμενος καὶ ἐνδυναμούμενος.

5.1.23

23. And his body was a witness of his sufferings, being one complete wound and bruise, drawn out of shape, and altogether unlike a human form. Christ, suffering in him, manifested his glory, delivering him from his adversary, and making him an ensample for the others, showing that nothing is fearful where the love of the Father is, and nothing painful where there is the glory of Christ.

τὸ δὲ “σωμάτιον μάρτυς ἦν τῶν συμβεβηκότων, ὅλον τραῦμα “καὶ μώλωψ καὶ συνεσπασμένον καὶ ἀποβεβληκὸς τὴν “ἀνθρώπειον ἔξωθεν μορφὴν, ἐν ᾧ πάσχων Χριστὸς “μεγάλας ἐπετέλει δόξας, καταργῶν τὸν ἀντικείμε- “νον, καὶ εἰς τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν ὑποτύπωσιν ὑποδει- “κνύων ὅτι μηδὲν φοβερὸν ὅπου πατρὸς ἀγάπη, μηδὲ “ἀλγεινὸν ὅπου Χριστοῦ δόξα.

5.1.24

24. For when the wicked men tortured him a second time after some days, supposing that with his body swollen and inflamed to such a degree that he could not bear the touch of a hand, if they should again apply the same instruments, they would overcome him, or at least by his death under his sufferings others would be made afraid, not only did not this occur, but, contrary to all human expectation, his body arose and stood erect in the midst of the subsequent torments, and resumed its original appearance and the use of its limbs, so that, through the grace of Christ, these second sufferings became to him, not torture, but healing.

τῶν γὰρ ἀνόμων “μεθ᾿ ἡμέρας πάλιν στρεβλούντων τὸν μάρτυρα, καὶ “νομιζόντων ὅτι οἰδούντων καὶ φλεγμαινόντων τῶν “σωμάτων εἰ τὰ αὐτὰ προσενέγκοιεν κολαστήρια, πε- “ριέσοιντο αὐτοῦ, ὁπότε οὐδὲ τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν χειρῶν “ἁφὴν ἠνείχετο, ἢ ὅτι ἐναποθανὼν ταῖς βασάνοις “φόβον ἐμποιήσειε τοῖς λοιποῖς, οὐ μόνον οὐδὲν περὶ “αὐτὸν τοιοῦτο συνέβη, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ πᾶσαν δόξαν “ἀνθρώπων ἀνέκυψε καὶ ἀνωρθώθη τὸ σωμάτιον ἐν “ταῖς μετέπειτα βασάνοις, καὶ τὴν ἰδέαν ἀπέλαβε “τὴν προτέραν καὶ τὴν χρῆσιν τῶν μελῶν, ὥστε μὴ “κόλασιν, ἀλλ᾿ ἴασιν διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ Χριστοῦ “τὴν δευτέραν στρέβλωσιν αὐτῷ γενέσθαι.

5.1.25

25. “But the devil, thinking that he had already consumed Biblias, who was one of those who had denied Christ, desiring to increase her condemnation through the utterance of blasphemy, brought her again to the torture, to compel her, as already feeble and weak, to report impious things concerning us.

καὶ “Βιβλιάδα δέ τινα, μίαν τῶν ἠρνημένων, ἤδη δοκῶν “ὁ διάβολος καταπεπωκέναι, θελήσας δὲ καὶ διὰ “βλασφημίας κατακρῖναι, ἦγεν ἐπὶ κόλασιν, ἀναγκά- “ζων εἰπεῖν τὰ ἄθεα περὶ ἡμῶν, ὡς εὔθραυστον ἤδη “καὶ ἄνανδρον.

5.1.26

26. But she recovered herself under the suffering, and as if awaking from a deep sleep, and reminded by the present anguish of the eternal punishment in hell, she contradicted the blasphemers. ‘How,’ she said, ‘could those eat children who do not think it lawful to taste the blood even of irrational animals?’ And thenceforward she confessed herself a Christian, and was given a place in the order of the witnesses.

ἡ δὲ ἐν τῇ στρεβλώσει ἀνένηψε, “καὶ ὡσὰν εἰπεῖν ἐκ βαθέος ὕπνου ἀνεγρηγόρησεν, “ὑπομνησθεῖσα διὰ τῆς προσκαίρου τιμωρίας τὴν αἰ- “ώνιον ἐν γεέννῃ κόλασιν, καὶ ἐξ ἐναντίας ἀντεῖπε “τοῖς βλασφήμοις φήσασα ῾πῶς ἂν παιδία φάγοιεν οἱ “τοιοῦτοι, οἶς μηδὲ ἀλόγων ζῴων αἷμα φαγεῖν ἐξόν;᾿ “καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦδε Χριστιανὴν ἑαυτὴν ὡμολόγει, καὶ ἐν “τῷ κλήρῳ τῶν μαρτύρων προσετέθη.

5.1.27

27. “But as the tyrannical tortures were made by Christ of none effect through the patience of the blessed, the devil invented other contrivances,—confinement in the dark and most loathsome parts of the prison, stretching of the feet to the fifth hole in the stocks, and the other outrages which his servants are accustomed to inflict upon the prisoners when furious and filled with the devil. A great many were suffocated in prison, being chosen by the Lord for this manner of death, that he might manifest in them his glory.

καταργη- “θέντων δὲ τῶν τυραννικῶν κολαστηρίων ὑπὸ τοῦ “Χριστοῦ διὰ τῆς τῶν μακαρίων ὑπομονῆς, ἑτέρας μη- “χανὰς ὁ διάβολος ἐπενόει, τὰς κατὰ τὴν εἱρκτὴν ἐν τῷ “σκότει καὶ τῷ χαλεπωτάτῳ χωρίῳ συγκλείσεις, καὶ “τὰς ἐν τῷ ξύλῳ διατάσεις τῶν ποδῶν, ἐπὶ πέμπτον “διατεινομένων τρύπημα, καὶ τὰς λοιπὰς αἰκίας, ὅσας “εἰώθασιν ὀργιζόμενοι ὑπουργοὶ, καὶ ταῦτα διαβόλου “πλήρεις, διατιθέναι τοὺς ἐγκλειομένους, ὥστε ἀπο- “πνιγῆναι τοὺς πλείστους ἐν τῇ εἱρκτῇ, ὅσους γε ὁ “κύριος οὕτως ἐξελθεῖν ἠθέλησεν, ἐπιδεικνύων τὴν “αὐτοῦ δόξαν.

5.1.28

28. For some, though they had been tortured so cruelly that it seemed impossible that they could live, even with the most careful nursing, yet, destitute of human attention, remained in the prison, being strengthened by the Lord, and invigorated both in body and soul; and they exhorted and encouraged the rest. But such as were young, and arrested recently, so that their bodies had not become accustomed to torture, were unable to endure the severity of their confinement, and died in prison.

οἱ μὲν γὰρ βασανισθέντες πικρῶς, “ὥστε δοκεῖν μηδὲ τῆς θεραπείας πάσης τυχόντας “ἔτι ζήσαι δύνασθαι, παρέμενον ἐν τῇ εἱρκτῇ ἔρημοι “μὲν τῆς παρὰ ἀνθρώπων ἐπιμελείας, ἀναρρωννύ- “μενοι δὲ ὑπὸ κυρίου καὶ ἐνδυναμούμενοι καὶ σώ- “ματι καὶ ψυχῇ, καὶ τοὺς λοιποὺς παρορμῶντες καὶ “παραμυθούμενοι. οἱ δὲ νεαροὶ καὶ ἄρτι συνειλημ- “μένοι, ὧν μὴ προκατῄκιστο τὰ σώματα, τὸ βάρος “ οὐκ ἔφερον τῆς συγκλείσεως, ἀλλ’ ἔνδον ἐναπέθνησκον.

5.1.29

29. “The blessed Pothinus, who had been entrusted with the bishopric of Lyons, was dragged to the judgment seat. He was more than ninety years of age, and very infirm, scarcely indeed able to breathe because of physical weakness; but he was strengthened by spiritual zeal through his earnest desire for martyrdom. Though his body was worn out by old age and disease, his life was preserved that Christ might triumph in it.

ὁ δὲ μακάριος Ποθεινὸς, ὁ τὴν διακο- ‘νίαν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς ἐν Λουγδούνῳ πεπιστευμένος, “ὑπὲρ ὑπὲρ τὰ ἐνενήκοντα ἔτη τῆς ἡλικίας γεγονὼς, καὶ “πάνυ ἀσθενὴς τῷ σώματι, μόλις μὲν ἐμπνέων διὰ τὴν προκειμένην σωματικὴν ἀσθένειαν, ὑπὸ δὲ προθυμίας πνεύματος ἀναρρωννύμενος διὰ τὴν ἐγκειμένην τῆς μαρτυρίας ἐπιθυμίαν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐπὶ τὸ “βῆμα ἐσύρετο, τοῦ μὲν σώματος καὶ ὑπὸ τοῦ γήρως καὶ ὑπὸ τῆς νόσου λελυμένου, τηρουμένης δὲ τῆς “ψυχῆς ἐν αὐτῷ, ἵνα δι’ αὐτῆς Χριστὸς θριαμβεύσῃ.

5.1.30

30. When he was brought by the soldiers to the tribunal, accompanied by the civil magistrates and a multitude who shouted against him in every manner as if he were Christ himself, he bore noble witness.

ὃς ὑπὸ τῶν στρατιωτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ βῆμα κομισθεὶς, παραπεμπόντων αὐτὸν τῶν πολιτικῶν ἐξουσιῶν καὶ “παντὸς τοῦ πλήθους, ἐπιβοήσεις παντοίας ποιουμένων, ὡς αὐτοῦ ὄντος τοῦ κυρίου, ἀπεδίδου τὴν καλὴν μαρτυρίαν.

5.1.31

31. Being asked by the governor, Who was the God of the Christians, he replied, ‘If thou art worthy, thou shalt know.’ Then he was dragged away harshly, and received blows of every kind. Those near him struck him with their hands and feet, regardless of his age; and those at a distance hurled at him whatever they could seize; all of them thinking that they would be guilty of great wickedness and impiety if any possible abuse were omitted. For thus they thought to avenge their own deities. Scarcely able to breathe, he was cast into prison and died after two days.

ἀνεταζόμενος δὲ ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡγεμόνος τίς εἴη Χριστιανῶν ὁ θεὸς, ἔφη ῾ ἐὰν ᾖς ἄξιος, γνώσῃ.’ ἐντεῦθεν δὴ ἀφειδῶς ἐσύρετο, καὶ “ποικίλας ἔπασχε πληγὰς, τῶν μὲν σύνεγγυς χερσὶ καὶ ποσὶν ἐνυβριζόντων παντοίως, μηδὲ τὴν ἡλικίαν αἰδουμένων αὐτοῦ, τῶν δὲ μακρὰν, ὃ μετὰ χεῖρας ἕκαστος εἶχεν, εἰς αὐτὸν ἀκοντιζόντων, πάντων δὲ ἡγουμένων μεγάλως πλημμελεῖν καὶ ἀσεβεῖν, εἴ τις ἀπολειφθείη τῆς εἰς αὐτὸν ἀσελγείας· καὶ γὰρ τοὺς θεοὺς ἑαυτῶν ᾤοντο οὕτως ἐκδικήσειν. καὶ μόγις ἐμπνέων ἐρρίφη εἰς τὴν εἱρκτὴν, καὶ μετὰ δύο ἡμέρας ἀπέψυξεν.

5.1.32

32. “Then a certain great dispensation of God occurred, and the compassion of Jesus appeared beyond measure, in a manner rarely seen among the brotherhood, but not beyond the power of Christ.

ἐνταῦθα δὴ μεγάλη τις οἰκονομία τοῦ θεοῦ ἐγίνετο, καὶ ἔλεος ἀμέτρητον “ἀνεφαίνετο Ἰησοῦ, σπανίως μὲν ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι γεγονὸς, μὴ ἀπολειπόμενον δὲ τῆς τέχνης τοῦ Χριστοῦ.

5.1.33

33. For those who had recanted at their first arrest were imprisoned with the others, and endured terrible sufferings, so that their denial was of no profit to them even for the present. But those who confessed what they were were imprisoned as Christians, no other accusation being brought against them. But the first were treated afterwards as murderers and defiled, and were punished twice as severely as the others.

οἱ γὰρ κατὰ τὴν πρώτην σύλληψιν ἔξαρνοι “γενόμενοι συνεκλείοντο καὶ αὐτοὶ καὶ μετεῖχον τῶν “δεινῶν· οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτ’ ᾦ ὄφελός τι αὐ- “τοῖς ἡ ἐξάρνησις ἐγίνετο· ἀλλ’ οἶ μὲν ὁμολογοῦντες “ὅ καὶ ἦσαν, συνεκλείοντο ὡς Χριστιανοὶ, μηδεμιᾶς “ἄλλης αὐτοῖς αἰτίας ἐπιφερομένης, οὗτοι δὲ λοιπὸν ὡς ἀνδροφόνοι καὶ μιαροὶ κατείχοντο, διπλότερον “παρὰ τοὺς λοιποὺς κολαζόμενοι.

5.1.34

34. For the joy of martyrdom, and the hope of the promises, and love for Christ, and the Spirit of the Father supported the latter; but their consciences so greatly distressed the former that they were easily distinguishable from all the rest by their very countenances when they were led forth.

ἐκείνους μὲν “γὰρ ἐπεκούφιζεν ἡ χαρὰ τῆς μαρτυρίας, καὶ ἡ ἐλ- “πὶς τῶν ἐπηγγελμένων, καὶ ἡ πρὸς τὸν Χριστὸν “ἀγάπη, καὶ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ πατρικὸν, τούτους δὲ τὸ “συνειδὸς μεγάλως ἐτιμωρεῖτο, ὥστε καὶ παρὰ τοῖς “λοιποῖς ἅπασι κατὰ τὰς παρόδους διαδήλους τὰς “ὄψεις αὐτῶν εἶναι.

5.1.35

35. For the first went out rejoicing, glory and grace being blended in their faces, so that even their bonds seemed like beautiful ornaments, as those of a bride adorned with variegated golden fringes; and they were perfumed with the sweet savor of Christ, so that some supposed they had been anointed with earthly ointment. But the others were downcast and humble and dejected and filled with every kind of disgrace, and they were reproached by the heathen as ignoble and weak, bearing the accusation of murderers, and having lost the one honorable and glorious and life-giving Name. The rest, beholding this, were strengthened, and when apprehended, they confessed without hesitation, paying no attention to the persuasions of the devil.”

οἶ μὲν γὰρ ἱλαροὶ προῄεσαν, “δόξης καὶ χάριτος πολλῆς ταῖς ὄψεσιν αὐτῶν συγκε- “κραμένης, ὥστε καὶ τὰ δεσμὰ κόσμον εὐπρεπῆ πε- “ρικεῖσθαι αὐτοῖς, ὡς νύμφῃ κεκοσμημένῃ ἐν “σωτοῖς χρυσοῖς πεποικιλμένοις, τὴν εὐωδίαν ὀδω- “δότες ἅμα τὴν Χριστοῦ, ὥστε ἐνίους δόξαι καὶ μύρῳ “κοσμικῷ κεχρῖσθαι αὐτούς· οἶ δὲ κατηφεῖς καὶ τα- “πεινοὶ καὶ δυσειδεῖς καὶ πάσης ἀσχημοσύνης ἀνά- “πλεοι, προσέτι δὲ καὶ ὑπὸ τῶν ἐθνῶν ὀνειδιζόμε- “νοι ὡς ἀγεννεῖς καὶ ἄνανδροι, ἀνδροφόνων μὲν ἐγ- “κλήματα ἔχοντες, ἀπολωλεκότες δὲ τὴν πάντιμον “καὶ ἔνδοξον καὶ ζωοποιὸν προσηγορίαν. ταῦτα δὲ “οἱ λοιποὶ θεωροῦντες ἐστηρίχθησαν, καὶ οἱ συλλαμ- “ βανόμενοι ἀδιστάκτως ὡμολόγουν, μηδὲ ἔννοιαν “ἔχοντες διαβολικοῦ λογισμοῦ.”

5.1.36

36. After certain other words they continue:

“After these things, finally, their martyrdoms were divided into every form. For plaiting a crown of various colors and of all kinds of flowers, they presented it to the Father. It was proper therefore that the noble athletes, having endured a manifold strife, and conquered grandly, should receive the crown, great and incorruptible.

τούτοις μεταξύ τινα ἐπειπόντες αὖθις ἐπιφέρουσι· “μετὰ ταῦτα “λοιπὸν εἰς πᾶν εἶδος διῃρεῖτο τὰ μαρτύρια τῆς ἐξό- “δου αὐτῶν. ἐκ διαφόρων γὰρ χρωμάτων καὶ παν- “τοίων ἀνθῶν ἔνα πλέξαντες στέφανον προσήνεγκαν “τῷ πατρί. ἐχρῆν γοῦν τοὺς γενναίους ἀθλητὰς, “ποικίλον ὑπομείναντας ἀγῶνα καὶ μεγάλως νική- “σαντας, ἀπολαβεῖν τὸν μέγαν τῆς ἀφθαρσίας στέ- “φανον.

5.1.37

37. “Maturus, therefore, and Sanctus and Blandina and Attalus were led to the amphitheater to be exposed to the wild beasts, and to give to the heathen public a spectacle of cruelty, a day for fighting with wild beasts being specially appointed on account of our people.

ὁ μὲν οὖν Μάτουρος καὶ ὁ Σάγκτος καὶ “ἡ Βλανδῖνα καὶ Ἄτταλος ἤγοντο ἐπὶ τὰ θηρία εἰς τὸ “δημόσιον καὶ εἰς τὸ κοινὸν τῶν ἐθνῶν τῆς “πίας θέαμα, ἐπίτηδες τῆς τῶν θηριομαχιῶν ἡμέρας “διὰ τοὺς ἡμετέρους διδομένης.

5.1.38

38. Both Maturus and Sanctus passed again through every torment in the amphitheater, as if they had suffered nothing before, or rather, as if, having already conquered their antagonist in many contests, they were now striving for the crown itself. They endured again the customary running of the gauntlet and the violence of the wild beasts, and everything which the furious people called for or desired, and at last, the iron chair in which their bodies being roasted, tormented them with the fumes.

καὶ ὁ μὲν “ρος καὶ ὁ Σάγκτος αὖθις διῄεσαν ἐν τῷ “διὰ πάσης κολάσεως, ὡς μηδὲν ὅλως “τες, μᾶλλον δὲ ὡς διὰ πλειόνων ἤδη κλήρων ἐκβε- “βιακότες τὸν ἀντίπαλον, καὶ περὶ τοῦ στεφάνου “τοῦ τὸν ἀγῶνα ἔχοντες, ὑπέφερον πάλιν τὰς “δους τῶν μαστίγων τὰς ἐκεῖσε εἰθισμένας, καὶ ἄπο τῶν θηρίων ἑλκηθμοὺς, καὶ πάνθ’ ὅσα μαινό- “μενος ὁ δῆμος ἄλλοι ἀλλαχόθεν ἐπεβόων καὶ ἐπεκε- λεύοντο, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τὴν σιδηρᾶν καθέδραν, ἐφ’ “ ἧς τηγανιζόμενα τὰ σώματα κνίσης αὐτοὺς ἐνεφόρει. “

5.1.39

39. And not with this did the persecutors cease, but were yet more mad against them, determined to overcome their patience. But even thus they did not hear a word from Sanctus except the confession which he had uttered from the beginning.

οἶ δ’ οὐδ’ οὕτως ἔληγον, ἀλλ’ ἔτι καὶ μᾶλλον “ ἐξεμαίνοντο, βουλόμενοι νικῆσαι τὴν ἐκείνων ὑπο- “μονήν. καὶ οὐδ’ ὣς παρὰ Σάγκτου ἕτερόν τι ἤκου- “σαν παρ’ ἣν ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς εἴθιστο λέγειντῆς “φωνήν.

5.1.40

40. These, then, after their life had continued for a long time through the great conflict, were at last sacrificed, having been made throughout that day a spectacle to the world, in place of the usual variety of combats.

οὗτοι μὲν οὖν, δι’ ἀγῶνος μεγάλου ἐπι- “πολὺ παραμενούσης αὐτῶν τῆς ψυχῆς, τοὔσχατον ‘ ἐτύθησαν διὰ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐκείνης, ἀντὶ πάσης τῆς “ἐν τοῖς μονομαχίοις ποικιλίας αὐτοὶ θέαμα “νοι τῷ κόσμῳ.

5.1.41

41. “But Blandina was suspended on a stake, and exposed to be devoured by the wild beasts who should attack her. And because she appeared as if hanging on a cross, and because of her earnest prayers, she inspired the combatants with great zeal. For they looked on her in her conflict, and beheld with their outward eyes, in the form of their sister, him who was crucified for them, that he might persuade those who believe on him, that every one who suffers for the glory of Christ has fellowship always with the living God.

ἡ δὲ Βλανδῖνα ἐπὶ ξύλου “σθεῖσα προύκειτο βορὰ τῶν εἰσβαλλομένων “ἣ καὶ διὰ τοῦ βλέπεσθαι σταυροῦ σχήματι διὰ τῆς εὐτόνου προσευχῆς πολλὴν προθυμίαν “τοῖς ἀγωνιζομένοις ἐνεποίει, βλεπόντων αὐτῶν ἑ “τῷ ἀγῶνί καὶ τοῖς ἔξωθεν ὀφθαλμοῖς διὰ τῆς τὸν ὑπὲρ αὐτῶν ἐσταυρωμένον, ἔνα πείσῃ τοὺς “πιστεύοντας εἰς αὐτὸν, ὅτι πᾶς ὁ ὑπὲρ τῆς Χριστοῦ “δόξης παθὼν τὴν κοινωνίαν ἀεὶ ἔχει μετὰ τοῦ ζῶν- “τος θεοῦ.

5.1.42

42. As none of the wild beasts at that time touched her, she was taken down from the stake, and cast again into prison. She was preserved thus for another contest, that, being victorious in more conflicts, she might make the punishment of the crooked serpent irrevocable; and, though small and weak and despised, yet clothed with Christ the mighty and conquering Athlete, she might arouse the zeal of the brethren, and, having overcome the adversary many times might receive, through her conflict, the crown incorruptible.

καὶ μηδενὸς ἁψαμένου τότε τῶν θηρίων “αὐτῆς, καθαιρεθεῖσα ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου ἀνελήφθη πάλιν εἰς τὴν εἱρκτὴν, εἰς ἄλλον ἀγῶνα τηρουμένη, “ἔνα διὰ πλειόνων γυμνασμάτων νικήσασα τῷ μὲν ‘σκολιῷ ὄφει ἀπαραίτητον ποιήσῃ τὴν καταδίκην, “προτρέψηται δὲ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς ἡ μικρὰ καὶ ἀσθενὴς “καὶ εὐκαταφρόνητος, μέγαν καὶ “ἀθλητὴν Χριστὸν ἐνδεδυμένη, διὰ πολλῶν κλήρων ἐκβιάσασα τὸν ἀντικείμενον, καὶ δι’ ἀγῶνος τὸν τῆς “ἀφθαρσίας στεψαμένη στέφανον.

5.1.43

43. “But Attalus was called for loudly by the people, because he was a person of distinction. He entered the contest readily on account of a good conscience and his genuine practice in Christian discipline, and as he had always been a witness for the truth among us.

ὁ δὲ Ἄτταλος ‘καὶ αὐτὸς μεγάλως ἐξαιτηθεὶς ὑπὸ τοῦ ὄχλου καὶ γὰρ ἦν ὀνομαστός) ἕτοιμος εἰσῆλθεν ἀγωνιστὴς διὰ τὸ “εὐσυνείδητον, ἐπειδὴ γνησίως ἐν τῇ Χριστιανῇ συν- “τάξει γεγυμνασμένος ἦν, καὶ ἀεὶ μάρτυς ἐγεγόνει “παρ’ ἡμῖν ἀληθείας.

5.1.44

44. He was led around the amphitheater, a tablet being carried before him on which was written in the Roman language ‘This is Attalus the Christian,’ and the people were filled with indignation against him. But when the governor learned that he was a Roman, he commanded him to be taken back with the rest of those who were in prison concerning whom he had written to Cæsar, and whose answer he was awaiting.

καὶ περιαχθεὶς κύκλῳ τοὐ “ἀμφιθεάτρου, πίνακος αὐτὸν προάγοντος ἐν ᾧ ἐγέ- “γραπτο ‘οὗτός ἐστιν Ἄτταλος ὁ “νός᾿, καὶ τοῦ δήμου σφόδρα σφριγῶντος ἐπ’ αὐτῷ, ‘ μαθὼν ὁ ἡγεμὼν ὅτι Ῥωμαῖός ἐστιν, ἐκέλευσεν αὐτὸν ἀναληφθῆναι μετὰ καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τῶν ἐν τῇ “εἱρκτῇ ὄντων, περὶ ὧν ἐπέστειλε τῷ Καίσαρι, καὶ περιέμενε τὴν ἀπόφασιν τὴν ἀπ’ ἐκείνου.

5.1.45

45. “But the intervening time was not wasted nor fruitless to them; for by their patience the measureless compassion of Christ was manifested. For through their continued life the dead were made alive, and the witnesses showed favor to those who had failed to witness. And the virgin mother had much joy in receiving alive those whom she had brought forth as dead.

ὁ δὲ διὰ μέσου καιρὸς οὐκ ἀργὸς αὐτοῖς οὐδὲ ἄκαρπος ἐγίνετο, ἀλλὰ διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς αὐτῶν τὸ ἀμέτρητον ἔλεος ἀνεφαίνετο Χριστοῦ. διὰ γὰρ τῶν ζώντων ἐζωοποιοῦντο τὰ νεκρὰ, καὶ μάρτυρες τοῖς μὴ μάρτυσιν ἐχαρίζοντο, καὶ ἐνεγίνετο πολλὴ χαρὰ τῇ παρθένῳ μητρὶ, οὓς ὡς νεκροὺς ἐξέτρωσε, τούτους ζῶντας τὰς ἀπολαμβανούσῃ.

5.1.46

46. For through their influence many who had denied were restored, and re-begotten, and rekindled with life, and learned to confess. And being made alive and strengthened, they went to the judgment seat to be again interrogated by the governor; God, who desires not the death of the sinner, but mercifully invites to repentance, treating them with kindness.

δι’ ἐκείνων γὰρ οἱ πλείους τῶν ἠρνημένων ἀνεμητροῦντο καὶ ἀνεκυίσκοντο καὶ “ἀνεζωπυροῦντο καὶ ἐμάνθανον ὁμολογεῖν, καὶ ζῶν- “τες ἤδη καὶ τετονωμένοι προσῄεσαν τῷ βήματι, ἐγ- “γλυκαίνοντος τοῦ τὸν μὲν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ “μὴ βουλομένου, ἐπὶ δὲ τὴν μετάνοιαν χρηστευομένου “θεοῦ, ἵνα καὶ πάλιν ἐπερωτηθῶσιν ὑπὸ τοῦ ἡγεμό- “νος.

5.1.47

47. For Cæsar commanded that they should be put to death, but that any who might deny should be set free. Therefore, at the beginning of the public festival which took place there, and which was attended by crowds of men from all nations, the governor brought the blessed ones to the judgment seat, to make of them a show and spectacle for the multitude. Wherefore also he examined them again, and beheaded those who appeared to possess Roman citizenship, but he sent the others to the wild beasts.

ἐπιστείλαντος γὰρ τοὐ Καίσαρος τοὺς μὲν “ἀποτυμπανισθῆναι, εἰ δέ τινες ἀρνοῖντο, τούτους “ἀπολυθῆναι, τῆς ἐνθάδε πανηγύρεως (ἔστι δὲ αὕτη “πολυάνθρωπος ἐκ πάντων τῶν ἐθνῶν συνερχομένων “εἰς αὐτήν) ἀρχομένης συνεστάναι ἀνῆγεν ἐπὶ τὸ “βῆμα θεατρίζων τοὺς μακαρίους καὶ ἐμπομπεύων “τοῖς ὄχλοις. διὸ καὶ πάλιν ἀνήταζε, καὶ ὅσοι μὲν “ἐδόκουν πολιIείαν ῾Ρωμαίων ἐσχηκέναι, τούτων ἀπέ- “τεμνε τὰς κεφαλὰς, τοὺς δὲ λοιποὺς ἔπεμπεν εἰς “θηρία.

5.1.48

48. “And Christ was glorified greatly in those who had formerly denied him, for, contrary to the expectation of the heathen, they confessed. For they were examined by themselves, as about to be set free; but confessing, they were added to the order of the witnesses. But some continued without, who had never possessed a trace of faith, nor any apprehension of the wedding garment, nor an understanding of the fear of God; but, as sons of perdition, they blasphemed the Way through their apostasy.

ἐδοξάζετο δὲ μεγάλως ὁ Χριστὸς ἐπὶ τοῖς “πρότερον ἀρνησαμένοις, τότε παρὰ τὴν τῶν ἐθνῶν “ὑπόνοιαν ὁμολογοῦσι. καὶ γὰρ ἰδία̣ οὗτοι ἀνητά- “ζοντο, ὡς δῆθεν ἀπολυθησόμενοι, καὶ ὁμολογοῦντες “προσετίθεντο τῷ τῶν μαρτύρων κλήρῳ. ἔμειναν δὲ ἔξω οἱ μηδὲ ἴχνος πώποτε πίστεως, μηδὲ αἴσθησιν “ἐνδύματος νυμφικοῦ, μηδὲ ἔννοιαν φόβου θεοῦ “σχόντες ,ἀλλὰ καὶ διὰ τῆς ἀναστροφῆς αὐτῶν βλασ- “φημοῦντες τὴν ὁδὸν, ιουτέστιν οἱ υἱοὶ τῆς ἀπω- “λείας.

5.1.49

49. But all the others were added to the Church. While these were being examined, a certain Alexander, a Phrygian by birth, and physician by profession, who had resided in Gaul for many years, and was well known to all on account of his love to God and boldness of speech (for he was not without a share of apostolic grace), standing before the judgment seat, and by signs encouraging them to confess, appeared to those standing by as if in travail.

οἱ δὲ λοιποὶ πάντες τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ προσετέ- “θησαν, ὧν καὶ ἀνεταομἐνων Ἀλέξανδρός τις, Φρὺξ “μὲν τὸ γένος, ἰατρὸς δὲ τὴν ἐπιοτήμην, πολλοῖς “αἔτεσιν ἐν ταῖς Γαλλίαις διατρίψας, καὶ γνωστὸς “σχεδὸν πᾶσι διὰ τὴν πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀγάπην καὶ “παρρησίαν τοῦ λόγου (ἦν γὰρ καὶ οὐκ ἄμοιρος ἀπο- “στολικοῦ χαρίσματος), παρεστὼς τῷ βήματι, καὶ “νεύματι προτρέπων αὐτοὺς πρὸς τὴν ὁμολογίαν, “φανερὸς ἦν τοῖς περιεστηκόσι τὸ βῆμα ὥσπερ ὠδί- νῶν.

5.1.50

50. But the people being enraged because those who formerly denied now confessed, cried out against Alexander as if he were the cause of this. Then the governor summoned him and inquired who he was. And when he answered that he was a Christian, being very angry he condemned him to the wild beasts. And on the next day he entered along with Attalus. For to please the people, the governor had ordered Attalus again to the wild beasts.

ἀγανακτήσαντες δὲ οἱ ὄχλοι ἐπὶ τῷ τοὺς ·‘πρότερον ἠρνημένους αὖθις ὁμολογεῖν κατεβόησαν τοῦ Ἀλεξάνδρου, ὡς ἐκείνου τοῦτο ποιοῦντος. καὶ ἐπιστήσαντος τοῦ ἡγεμόνος καὶ ἀνετάσαντος αὐτὸν ὅστις εἴη, τοὐ δὲ φήσαντος ὅτι Χριστιανὸς, ἐν ὀργῇ ‘γενόμενος κατέκρινεν αὐτὸν πρὸς θηρία, καὶ τῇ ἐπιούσῃ εἰσῆλθε μετὰ καὶ τοῦ Ἀττάλου. καὶ γὰρ καὶ τὸν Ἄτταλον τῷ ὄχλῳ χαριζόμενος ὁ ἡγεμὼν ἐξέδωκε πάλιν πρὸς θηρία.

5.1.51

51. And they were tortured in the amphitheater with all the instruments contrived for that purpose, and having endured a very great conflict, were at last sacrificed. Alexander neither groaned nor murmured in any manner, but communed in his heart with God.

οἱ· καὶ διὰ πάντων διελθόντες “ἐν τῷ ἀμφιθεάτρῳ τῶν πρὸς κόλασιν ἐξηυρημένων ὀργάνων, καὶ μέγιστον ὑπομείναντες ἀγῶνα, τοὔσχατον ἐτύθησαν καὶ αὐτοὶ, τοῦ μὲν Ἀλεξάνδρου μήτε στενάξαντος μήτε γρύξαντός τι ὅλως, ἀλλὰ κατὰ καρδίαν ὁμιλοῦντος τῷ θεῷ.

5.1.52

52. But when Attalus was placed in the iron seat, and the fumes arose from his burning body, he said to the people in the Roman language: ‘Lo! this which ye do is devouring men; but we do not devour men; nor do any other wicked thing.’ And being asked, what name God has, he replied, ‘God has not a name as man has.’

ὁ δὲ Ἄτταλος, ὁπότε ἐπὶ τῆς σιδηρᾶς ἐπετέθη καθέδρας καὶ περιεκαίετο, ἡνίκα ἡ ἀπὸ τοῦ σώματος κνῖσα ἀνεφέρετο, ἔφη πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος τῇ ‘Pωμαἰ·κῇ φωνῇ ῾ “ἐστιν ἀνθρώπους ἐσθίειν, ὃ ποιεῖτε ὑμεῖς· ἡμεῖς δὲ οὔτε ἀνθρώπους ἐσθίομεν οὔθ’ ἕτερόν τι πονηρὸν πράττομεν.’ ἐπερωτώμενος δὲ τί ὄνομα ἔχει ὁ θεὸς, ἀπεκρίθη ‘ ὁ θεὸς ὄνομα οὐκ ἔχει ὡς ἄνθρωπος.

5.1.53

53. “After all these, on the last day of the contests, Blandina was again brought in, with Ponticus, a boy about fifteen years old. They had been brought every day to witness the sufferings of the others, and had been pressed to swear by the idols. But because they remained steadfast and despised them, the multitude became furious, so that they had no compassion for the youth of the boy nor respect for the sex of the woman.

ἐπὶ πάσι δὲ τούτοις τῇ ἐσχάτῃ λοιπὸν ἡμέρᾳ τῶν μονομαχίων ἡ Βλανδῖνα πάλιν εἰσεκομίζετο μετὰ καὶ Ποντικοῦ παιδαρίου ὡς πεντεκαίδεκα ἐτῶν, οἱ καὶ καθ’ ἡμέραν εἰσήγοντο πρὸς τὸ βλέπειν τὴν τῶν λοιπῶν κόλασιν, καὶ ἠναγκάζοντο ὀμνύναι κατὰ τῶν εἰδώλων αὐτῶν. καὶ διὰ τὸ ἐμμένειν εὐσταθῶς καὶ ἐξουθενεῖν αὐτοὺς ἠγριώθη πρὸς αὐτοὺς τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς μήτε τὴν ἡλικίαν τοῦ παιδὸς οἰκτεῖραι μήτε τὸ γύναιον αἰδεσθῆναι.

5.1.54

54. Therefore they exposed them to all the terrible sufferings and took them through the entire round of torture, repeatedly urging them to swear, but being unable to effect this; for Ponticus, encouraged by his sister so that even the heathen could see that she was confirming and strengthening him, having nobly endured every torture, gave up the ghost.

πρὸς πάντα δὲ τὰ δεινὰ παρέβαλλον αὐτοὺς, καὶ διὰ πάσης ἐν κύκλῳ διῆγον κολάσεως, ἐπαλλήλως ἀναγκάζοντες ὀμόσαι, “ἀλλὰ μὴ δυνάμενοι τοῦτο πρᾶξαι· ὁ μὲν γὰρ Πον- “τικὸς ὑπὸ τῆς ἀδελφῆς παρωρμημένος, ὡς καὶ τὰ “ἔθνη βλέπειν ὅτι ἐκείνη ἦν προτρεπομένη καὶ στη- “ρίζουσα αὐτὸν, πᾶσαν κόλασιν γενναίως ὑπομείνας “ἀπέδωκε τὸ πνεῦμα.

5.1.55

55. But the blessed Blandina, last of all, having, as a noble mother, encouraged her children and sent them before her victorious to the King, endured herself all their conflicts and hastened after them, glad and rejoicing in her departure as if called to a marriage supper, rather than cast to wild beasts.

ἡ δὲ μακαρία Βλανδῖνα “πάντων ἐσχάτη, καθάπερ μήτηρ εὐγενὴς παρορμή- “σασα τὰ τέκνα καὶ νικηφόρους προπέμψασα πρὸς “τὸν βασιλέα, ἀναμετρουμένη καὶ αὐτὴ πάντα τὰ “τῶν παίδων ἀγωνίσματα, ἔσπευδε πρὸς αὐτοὺς χαί- “ρουσα καὶ ἀγαλλιωμένη ἐπὶ τῇ ἐξόδῳ, ὡς εἰς νυμ- “φικὸν δεῖπνον κεκλημένη, ἀλλὰ μὴ πρὸς θηρία “βεβλημένη.

5.1.56

56. And, after the scourging, after the wild beasts, after the roasting seat, she was finally enclosed in a net, and thrown before a bull. And having been tossed about by the animal, but feeling none of the things which were happening to her, on account of her hope and firm hold upon what had been entrusted to her, and her communion with Christ, she also was sacrificed. And the heathen themselves confessed that never among them had a woman endured so many and such terrible tortures.

καὶ μετὰ τὰς μάστιγας, μετὰ τὰ “θηρία, μετὰ τὸ τήγανον, τοὔσχατον εἰς γυργαθὸν “βληθεῖσα ταύρῳ παρεβλήθη, καὶ ἱκανῶς ἀναβλη- “θεῖσα πρὸς τοῦ ζῴου, μηδὲ αἴσθησιν ἔτι τῶν συμ- “βαινόντων ἔχουσα διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα καὶ ἐποχὴν τῶν “πεπιστευμένων καὶ ὁμιλίαν πρὸς Χριστὸν, ἐτύθη “καὶ αὐτὴ, καὶ αὐτῶν ὁμολογούντων τῶν ἐθνῶν ὅτι “μηδεπώποτε παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς γυνὴ τοιαῦτα καὶ τοσαῦτα “ἔπαθεν.

5.1.57

57. “But not even thus was their madness and cruelty toward the saints satisfied. For, incited by the Wild Beast, wild and barbarous tribes were not easily appeased, and their violence found another peculiar opportunity in the dead bodies.

ἀλλ᾿ οὐδ᾿ οὕτως κόρον ἐλάμβανεν αὐτῶν “ἡ μανία καὶ ἡ πρὸς τοὺς ἁγίους ὠμότης. ὑπὸ γὰρ “ἀγρίου θηρὸς ἄγρια καὶ βάρβαρα φῦλα ταραχθέντα “δυσπαύστως εἶχε, καὶ ἄλλην ἰδίαν ἀρχὴν ἐπὶ τοῖς “σώμασιν ἐλάμβανεν ἡ ὕβρις αὐτῶν.

5.1.58

58. For, through their lack of manly reason, the fact that they had been conquered did not put them to shame, but rather the more enkindled their wrath as that of a wild beast, and aroused alike the hatred of governor and people to treat us unjustly; that the Scripture might be fulfilled: ‘He that is lawless, let him be lawless still, and he that is righteous, let him be righteous still.’

τὸ γὰρ “νενικῆσθαι αὐτοὺς οὐκ ἐδυσώπει, διὰ τὸ μὴ ἔχειν “ἀνθρώπινον ἐπιλογισμὸν, μᾶλλον δὲ καὶ ἐξέκαιεν “αὐτῶν τὴν ὀργὴν καθάπερ θηρίου, καὶ τοῦ ἡγεμό- “νος καὶ τοῦ δήμου τὸ ὅμοιον εἰς ἡμᾶς ἄδικον ἐπι- “δεικνυμένων μῖσος, ἵνα ἡ γραφὴ πληρωθῇ ῾ὁ ἄνο- “μος ἀνομησάτω ἔτι, καὶ ὁ δίκαιος δικαιωθήτω ἔτι.᾿ “

5.1.59

59. For they cast to the dogs those who had died of suffocation in the prison, carefully guarding them by night and day, lest any one should be buried by us. And they exposed the remains left by the wild beasts and by fire, mangled and charred, and placed the heads of the others by their bodies, and guarded them in like manner from burial by a watch of soldiers for many days.

καὶ γὰρ τοὺς ἐναποπνιγέντας ἐν τῇ εἱρκτῇ παρέβαλλον “κυσὶν, ἐπιμελῶς παραφυλάσσοντες νύκτωρ “καὶ μεθ’ ἡμέραν, μὴ κηδευθῇ τις ὑφ’ ἡμῶν, καὶ “τότε δὴ προθέντες τά τε τῶν θηρίων τά τε τοῦ “πυρὸς λείψανα, τῇ μὲν ἐσπαραγμένα , πῆ δὲ ἠν— “θρακευμἐνα, καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τὰς κεφαλὰς σὺν τοῖς “ἀποτμήμασιν αὐτῶν ὡσαύτως ἀτάφους παρεφύλαττον “μετὰ στρατιωτικῆς ἐπιμελείας ἡμέραις συχναῖς. “

5.1.60

60. And some raged and gnashed their teeth against them, desiring to execute more severe vengeance upon them; but others laughed and mocked at them, magnifying their own idols, and imputed to them the punishment of the Christians. Even the more reasonable, and those who had seemed to sympathize somewhat, reproached them often, saying, ‘Where is their God, and what has their religion, which they have chosen rather than life, profited them?’

καὶ οἱ μὲν ἐνεβριμῶντο καὶ ἔβρυχον τοὺς ὀδόντας “ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, ζητοῦντές τινα περισσοτέραν ἐκδίκησιν “παρ’ αὐτῶν λαβεῖν, οἱ δὲ ἐνεγέλων καὶ ἐπετώθαζον, “μεγαλύνοντες ἅμα τὰ εἴδωλα αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐκείνοις “προσάπτοντες τὴν τούτων τιμωρίαν, οἱ δὲ ἐπιεικέστεροι “καὶ κατὰ ποσὸν συμπαθεῖν δοκοῦντες ὡνείδιζον “πολὺ λέγοντες ποῦ ὁ θεὸς αὐτῶν, καὶ τί αὐτοὺς “τοὺς ὤνησεν ἡ θρησκεία, ἣν καὶ πρὸ τῆς ἑαυτῶν “εἵλοντο ψυχῆς;

5.1.61

61. So various was their conduct toward us; but we were in deep affliction because we could not bury the bodies. For neither did night avail us for this purpose, nor did money persuade, nor entreaty move to compassion; but they kept watch in every way, as if the prevention of the burial would be of some great advantage to them.”

In addition, they say after other things:

62 . “The bodies of the martyrs, having thus in every manner been exhibited and exposed for six days, were afterward burned and reduced to ashes, and swept into the Rhone by the wicked men, so that no trace of them might appear on the earth.

63. And this they did, as if able to conquer God, and prevent their new birth; ‘that,’ as they said, ‘they may have no hope of a resurrection, through trust in which they bring to us this foreign and new religion, and despise terrible things, and are ready even to go to death with joy. Now let us see if they will rise again, and if their God is able to help them, and to deliver them out of our hands.’”

καὶ τὰ μὲν ἀπ’ ἐκείνων τοιαύτην “εἶχε τὴν ποικιλίαν, τὰ δὲ καθ’ ἡμᾶς ἐν μεγάλῳ “καθειστήκει πένθει, διὰ τὸ μὴ δύνασθαι τὰ σώματα “κρύψαι τῇ γῇ. οὔτε γὰρ νὺξ συνεβάλλετο ἡμῖν πρὸς “τοῦτο οὔτε ἀργύρια ἔπειθεν οὔτε λιτανεία ἐδυσώπει, “παντὶ δὲ τρόπῳ παρετήρουν, ὡς μέγα τι κερδανουντες, “εἰ μὴ τύχοιεν ταφῆς.”

5.2.1 The Martyrs, beloved of God, kindly ministered unto those who fell in the Persecution

1. Such things happened to the churches of Christ under the above-mentioned emperor, from which we may reasonably conjecture the occurrences in the other provinces. It is proper to add other selections from the same letter, in which the moderation and compassion of these witnesses is recorded in the following words:

[Nic. H. E. IV, 8] Τοιαῦτα καὶ τὰ κατὰ τὸν δεδηλωμένον αὐτοκράτορα ταῖς Χριστοῦ συμβέβηκεν ἐκκλησίαις, ἀφ’ ὧν καὶ τὰ ἐν ταῖς λοιπαῖς ἐπαρχίαις ἐνηργημένα εἰκότι λογισμῷ στοχάζεσθαι πάρεστιν. ἄξιον τούτοις ἐκ τῆς αὐτῆς ἐπισυνάψαι γραφῆς λέξεις ἑτέρας, δι’ ὧν καὶ τὸ ἐπιεικὲς καὶ φιλάνθρωπον τῶν δεδηλωμένων μαρτύρων ἀναγέγραπται τούτοις αὐτοῖς τοῖςρήμασιν

5.2.2

2. “They were also so zealous in their imitation of Christ,—‘who, being in the form of God, counted it not a prize to be on an equality with God,’—that, though they had attained such honor, and had borne witness, not once or twice, but many times,—having been brought back to prison from the wild beasts, covered with burns and scars and wounds,—yet they did not proclaim themselves witnesses, nor did they suffer us to address them by this name. If any one of us, in letter or conversation, spoke of them as witnesses, they rebuked him sharply.

“οἳ καὶ ἐπὶ τοσοῦτον ζηλωταὶ καὶ μιμηταὶ Χριστοῦ ἐγένοντο, ὃς ἐν μορφῇ θεοῦ ὑπάρχων οὐχ ἁρπαγμὸν ἡγήσατο τὸ εἶναι ἴσα θεῷ, ὥστε ἐν τοιαύτῃ δόξῃ ὑπάρχοντες, καὶ οὐχ ἅπαξ οὐδὲ δὶς, ἀλλὰ πολλάκις μαρτυρήσαντες, καὶ ἐκ θηρίων αὖθις ἀναληφθέντες, καὶ τὰ καυτήρια καὶ τοὺς μώλωπας καὶ τὰ τραύματα ἔχοντες περικείμενα, οὔτ’ αὐτοὶ μάρ- “τυρας ἑαυτοὺς ἀνεκήρυττον οὔτε μὴν ἡμῖν τούτῳ τῷ ὀνόματι προσαγορεύειν αὐτοὺς, ἀλλ’ εἴ ποτέ τις ἡμῶν δι’ ἐπιστολῆς ἢ διὰ λόγου μάρτυρας αὐτοὺς προσεῖπεν, ἐπέπλησσον πικρῶς.

5.2.3

3. For they conceded cheerfully the appellation of Witness to Christ ‘the faithful and true Witness,’ and ‘firstborn of the dead,’ and prince of the life of God; and they reminded us of the witnesses who had already departed, and said, ‘They are already witnesses whom Christ has deemed worthy to be taken up in their confession, having sealed their testimony by their departure; but we are lowly and humble confessors.’ And they besought the brethren with tears that earnest prayers should be offered that they might be made perfect.

ἡδέως γὰρ παρεχώρουν τὴν τῆς μαρτυρίας προσηγορίαν τῷ Χριστῷ, τῷ πιστῷ καὶ ἀληθινῷ μάρτυρι καὶ πρωτοτόκῳ τῶν νεκρῶν καὶ ἀρχηγῷ τῆς ζωῆς τοὐ θεοῦ, καὶ ἐπεμιμνήσγοντο τῶν ἐξεληλυθότων ἤδη μαρτύρων καὶ ἔλεγον ἐκεῖνοι ἤδη μάρτυρες, οὓς ἐν τῇ ὁμολογίᾳ Χριστὸς ἠξίωσεν ἀναληφθῆναι, ἐπι- σφραγισάμενος αὐτῶν διὰ τῆς ἐξόδου τὴν μαρτυ- “ρίαν, ἡμεῖς δὲ ὁμόλογοι μέτριοι καὶ ταπεινοί. καὶ “μετὰ δακρύων παρεκάλουν τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς, δεόμενοι “ἵνα ἐκτενεῖς εὐχαὶ γίνωνται πρὸς τὸ τελειωθῆναι “αὐτούς.

5.2.4

4. They showed in their deeds the power of ‘testimony,’ manifesting great boldness toward all the brethren, and they made plain their nobility through patience and fearlessness and courage, but they refused the title of Witnesses as distinguishing them from their brethren, being filled with the fear of God.”

καὶ τὴν μὲν δύναμιν τῆς μαρτυρίας ἔργῳ “ἐπεδείκνυντο, πολλὴν παρρησίαν ἄγοντες πρὸς πάντα “τὰ ἔθνη, καὶ τὴν εὐγένειαν διὰ τῆς ὑπομονῆς καὶ “ἀφοβίας καὶ ἀτρομίας φανερὰν ἐποίουν, τὴν δὲ πρὸς “τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς τῶν μαρτύρων προσηγορίαν παρῃτοῦντο, “ἐμπεπλησμένοι φόβου θεοὺ.”

5.2.5

5. A little further on they say: “They humbled themselves under the mighty hand, by which they are now greatly exalted. They defended all, but accused none. They absolved all, but bound none. And they prayed for those who had inflicted cruelties upon them, even as Stephen, the perfect witness, ‘Lord, lay not this sin to their charge.’ But if he prayed for those who stoned him, how much more for the brethren!”

καὶ αὖθις “μετὰ βραχέα φασίν “ἐταπείνουν ἑαυτοὺς ὑπὸ τὴν “κραταιὰν χεῖρα, ὑφ’ ἧς ἱκανῶς νῦν εἰσιν ὑψωμένοι. “τότε δὲ πάσι μὲν ἀπελογοῦντο, κατηγόρουν δὲ οὐδενὸς, “ἔλυον μὲν ἅπαντας, ἐδέσμευον δὲ οὐδένα, καὶ “ὑπὲρ τῶν τὰ δεινὰ διατιθέντων ηὔχοντο, καθάπερ “Στέφανος ὁ τέλειος μάρτυς ‘κύριε, μὴ στήσῃς αὐτοῖς “τὴν ἁμαρτίαν ταύτην.· εἰ δ’ ὑπὲρ ἰῶν λιθαζόντων “ἐδέετο, πόσῳ μᾶλλον ὑπὲρ τῶν ἀδελφῶν;

5.2.6

6. And again after mentioning other matters, they say:

“For, through the genuineness of their love, their greatest contest with him was that the Beast, being choked, might cast out alive those whom he supposed he had swallowed. For they did not boast over the fallen, but helped them in their need with those things in which they themselves abounded, having the compassion of a mother, and shedding many tears on their account before the Father.

καὶ “αὖθίς φασι μεθ’ ἕτερα οὗτος γὰρ καὶ μέγιστος αὐτοῖς “πρὸς αὐτὸν ὁ πόλεμος έγἐνειο, διὰ τὸ γνήσιον “τῆς ἀγάπης, ἵνα ἀποπνιχθεὶς ὁ θὴρ, οὓς πρότερον “ᾤετο καταπεπωκέναι, ζῶντας ἐξεμέσῃ. οὐ γὰρ ἔλαβον “καύχημα κατὰ τῶν πεπτωκότων, ἀλλ’ ἐν οἷς “ἐπλεόναζον αὐτοὶ, τοῦτο τοῖς ἐνδεεστέροις ἐπήρκουν, “μητρικὰ σπλάγχνα ἔχοντες, καὶ πολλὰ περὶ αὐτῶν “ἐκχέοντες δάκρυα πρὸς τὸν πατέρα.

5.2.7

7. They asked for life, and he gave it to them, and they shared it with their neighbors. Victorious over everything, they departed to God. Having always loved peace, and having commended peace to us they went in peace to God, leaving no sorrow to their mother, nor division or strife to the brethren, but joy and peace and concord and love.”

ζωὴν ἠτήσαντο, “καὶ ἔδωκεν αὐτοῖς, ἢν καὶ συνεμερίσαντο “τοῖς πλησίον. κατὰ πάντων νικηφόροι πρὸς θεὸν “ἀπελθόντες, εἰρήνην ἀγαπήσαντες ἀεὶ, καὶ εἰρήνην “ἀεὶ παρεγγυήσαντες, μετ’ ειρηνης ἐχώρησαν πρὸς “θεὸν, μὴ καταλιπόντες πόνον τῇ μητρὶ, μηδὲ στάσιν “καὶ πόλεμον τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς, ἀλλὰ χαρὰν καὶ εἰρήνην “καὶ ὁμόνοιαν καὶ ἀγάπην.”

5.2.8

8. This record of the affection of those blessed ones toward the brethren that had fallen may be profitably added on account of the inhuman and unmerciful disposition of those who, after these events, acted unsparingly toward the members of Christ.

ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῆς τῶν μακαρίων ἐκείνων πρὸς τοὺς παραπεπτωκότας τῶν ἀδελφῶν στοργῆς ὠφελίμως προσκείσθω, τῆς ἀπανθρώπου καὶ ἀνηλεοῦς ἕνεκα διαθέσεως τῶν μετὰ ταῦτα ἀφειδῶς τοῖς Χριστοῦ μέλεσι προσενηνεγμένων.

5.3.1 The Vision which appeared in a Dream to the Witness Attalus

1. The same letter of the above-mentioned witnesses contains another account worthy of remembrance. No one will object to our bringing it to the knowledge of our readers.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 8] Ἡ δ᾿ αὐτὴ τῶν προειρημένων μαρτύρων γραφὴ καὶ ἄλλην τινὰ μνήμης ἀξίαν ἱστορίαν περιέχει, ἣν καὶ οὐδεὶς ἂν γένοιτο φθόνος μὴ οὐχὶ τῶν ἐντευξομένων εἰς γνῶσιν προσθεῖναι. ἔχει δὲ οὕτως.

5.3.2

2. It runs as follows: “For a certain Alcibiades, who was one of them, led a very austere life, partaking of nothing whatever but bread and water. When he endeavored to continue this same sort of life in prison, it was revealed to Attalus after his first conflict in the amphitheater that Alcibiades was not doing well in refusing the creatures of God and placing a stumbling-block before others.

Ἀλκιβιάδου γάρ τινος ἐξ αὐτῶν, πάνυ αὐχμηρὸν βιοῦντος βίον, καὶ μηδενὸς ὅλως τὸ πρότερον μεταλαμβάνοντος, ἀλλ᾿ ἢ ἄρτῳ μόνῳ καὶ ὕδατι χρωμένου, πειρωμένου τε καὶ ἐν τῇ εἱρκτῇ οὕτω διάγειν, Ἀττάλῳ μετὰ τὸν πρῶτον ἀγῶνα, ὃν ἐν τῷ ἀμφιθεάτρῳ ἤνυσεν, ἀπεκαλύφθη, ὅτι μὴ καλῶς ποιοίη Ἀλκιβιάδης, μὴ χρώμενος τοῖς κτίσμασι τοὐ θεοῦ, καὶ ἄλλοις τύπον σκανδάλου ὑπολειπόμενος.

5.3.3

3. And Alcibiades obeyed, and partook of all things without restraint, giving thanks to God. For they were not deprived of the grace of God, but the Holy Ghost was their counselor.” Let this suffice for these matters.

πεισθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἀλκιβιάδης πάντων ἀνέδην μετελάμβανε, καὶ ηὐχαρίστει τῷ θεῷ. οὐ γὰρ ἀνεπίσκεπτοι χάριτος θεοῦ ἦσαν, ἀλλὰ τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον ἦν σύμβουλον αὐτοῖς. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν ὁ δὶ ἐχέτω.

5.3.4

4. The followers of Montanus, Alcibiades and Theodotus in Phrygia were now first giving wide circulation to their assumption in regard to prophecy,—for the many other miracles that, through the gift of God, were still wrought in the different churches caused their prophesying to be readily credited by many,—and as dissension arose concerning them, the brethren in Gaul set forth their own prudent and most orthodox judgment in the matter, and published also several epistles from the witnesses that had been put to death among them. These they sent, while they were still in prison, to the brethren throughout Asia and Phrygia, and also to Eleutherus, who was then bishop of Rome, negotiating for the peace of the churches.

τῶν δ᾿ ἀμφὶ τὸν Μοντανὸν καὶ Ἀλκιβιάδην καὶ Θεόδοτον περὶ τὴν Φρυγίαν ἄρτι τότε πρῶτον τὴν περὶ τοῦ προφητεύειν ὑπόληψιν παρὰ πολλοῖς ἐκφερομένων (πλεπῖσται γὰρ οὖν καὶ ἄλλαι παραδοξοποιίαι τοῦ θείου χαρίσματος εἰσέτι τότε κατὰ διαφόρους ἐκκλησίας ἐκτελούμεναι πίστιν παρὰ πολλοῖς τοῦ κἀκείνους προφητεύειν παρεῖχον), καὶ δὴ διαφωνίας ὑπαρχούσης περὶ τῶν δεδηλωμένων, αὖθις οἱ κατὰ τὴν Γαλλίαν ἀδελφοὶ τὴν ἰδίαν κρίσιν καὶ περὶ τούτων εὐλαβῆ καὶ ὀρθοδοξοτάτην ὑποτάττουσιν, ἐκθέμενοι καὶ τῶν παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς τελειωθέντων μαρτύρων διαφόρους ἐπιστολὰς, ἃς ἐν δεσμοῖς ἔτι ὑπάρχοντες τοῖς ἐπ᾿ Ἀσίας καὶ Φρυγίας ἀδελφοῖς διεχάραξαν, οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ καὶ Ἐλευθέρῳ τῷ τότε ῾Ρωμαίων ἐπισκόπῳ, τῆς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν εἰρήνης ἕνεκεν πρεσβεύοντες.

5.4.1 Irenæus commended by the Witnesses in a Letter

1. The same witnesses also recommended Irenæus, who was already at that time a presbyter of the parish of Lyons, to the above-mentioned bishop of Rome, saying many favorable things in regard to him, as the following extract shows:

[Nic. H.E. IV, 3-15] Οἱ δ᾿ αὐτοὶ μάρτυρες καὶ τὸν Εἰρήναιον, πρεσβύτερον ἤδη τότ᾿ ὄντα τῆς ἐν Λουγδούνῳ παροικίας , τῷ δηλωθέντι κατὰ ῾Ρώμην ἐπισκόπῳ συνίστων, πλεῖστα τῷ ἀνδρὶ μαρτυροῦντες, ὡς αἱ τοῦτον ἔχουσαι τὸν τρόπον δηλοῦσι φωναί

5.4.2

2. “We pray, father Eleutherus, that you may rejoice in God in all things and always. We have requested our brother and comrade Irenæus to carry this letter to you, and we ask you to hold him in esteem, as zealous for the covenant of Christ. For if we thought that office could confer righteousness upon any one, we should commend him among the first as a presbyter of the church, which is his position.”

“χαίρειν ἐν θεῷ σε ἐν πᾶσιν εὐχόμεθα καὶ ἀεὶ, πάτερ “Ἐλεύθερε. ταῦτά σοι τὰ γράμματα προετρεψάμεθα “τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἡμῶν καὶ κοινωνὸν Εἰρηναῖον διακομίσαι, καὶ παρακαλοῦμεν ἔχειν σε αὐτὸν ἐν παραθέ- “σεῖ, ζηλωτὴν ὄντα τῆς διαθήκης Χριστοῦ. εἰ γὰρ “ᾔδειμεν, τόπον τινὶ δικαιοσύνην περιποιεῖσθαι, ὡς “πρεσβύτερον ἐκκλησίας, ὅπερ ἐστὶν ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ, ἐν “πρώτοις ἂν παρεθέμεθα.”

5.4.3

3. Why should we transcribe the catalogue of the witnesses given in the letter already mentioned, of whom some were beheaded, others cast to the wild beasts, and others fell asleep in prison, or give the number of confessors still surviving at that time? For whoever desires can readily find the full account by consulting the letter itself, which, as I have said, is recorded in our Collection of Martyrdoms. Such were the events which happened under Antoninus.

τί δεῖ καταλέγειν τὸν ἐν τῇ δηλωθείσῃ γραφῇ τῶν μαρτύρων κατάλογον, ἰδίᾳ μὲν τῶν ἀποτμήσει κεφαλῆς τετελειωμένων, ἰδίᾳ δὲ τῶν θηρσὶν εἰς βορὰν παραβεβλημένων, καὶ αὖθις τῶν ἐπὶ τῆς εἱρκτῆς κεκοιμημένων, τόν τε ἀριθμὸν τῶν εἰσέτι τότε περιόντων ὁμολογητῶν; ὅτῳ γὰρ φίλον, καὶ ταῦτα ῥᾴδιον πληρέστατα διαγνῶναι μετὰ χεῖρας ἀναλαβόντι τὸ σύγγραμμα, ὃ καὶ αὐτὸ τῇ τῶν μαρτυρίων ουναγωγῇ πρὸς ἡμῶν, ὡς γοῦν ἔφην, κατείλεκται. ἀλλὰ τὰ μὲν ἐπ᾿ Ἀντωνίνου τοιαῦτα.

5.5.1 God sent Rain from Heaven for Marcus Aurelius Cæsar in Answer to the Prayers of our People

1. It is reported that Marcus Aurelius Cæsar, brother of Antoninus, being about to engage in battle with the Germans and Sarmatians, was in great trouble on account of his army suffering from thirst. But the soldiers of the so-called Melitene legion, through the faith which has given strength from that time to the present, when they were drawn up before the enemy, kneeled on the ground, as is our custom in prayer, and engaged in supplications to God.

[Nic. H. E. ΙV, 2] Τούτου δὴ ἀδελφὸν Μάρ- κον Αὐρήλιον Καίσαρα λόγος ἔχει Γερμανοῖς καὶ Σαρ- μάταις ἀντιπαραταττόμενον μάχῃ δίψει πιεζομἐνης αὐτοῦ τῆς στρατιᾶς ἐν ἀμηχανίᾳ γενέοθαι, τοὺς δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς Μελιτηνῆς οὕτω καλουμένης λεγεῶνος στρατιώτας διὰ πίστεως ἐξ ἐκείνου καὶ εἰς δεῦρο συνεστώσης ἐν τῇ πρὸς τοὺς πολεμίους παρατάξει γόνυ θέντας ἐπὶ γῆν κατὰ τὸ οἰκεῖον ἡμῖν τῶν εὐχῶν ἔθος ἐπὶ τὰς πρὸς θεὸν ἱκεσίας τραπέσθαι.

5.5.2

2. This was indeed a strange sight to the enemy, but it is reported that a stranger thing immediately followed. The lightning drove the enemy to flight and destruction, but a shower refreshed the army of those who had called on God, all of whom had been on the point of perishing with thirst.

παραδόξου δὲ τοῖς πολεμίοις τοὐ τοιούτου δὴ θεάματος φανέντος ἄλλο τι λόγος ἔχει παραδοξότερον ἐπικαταλαβεῖν αὐτίκα· σκηπτὸν μὲν εἰς φυγὴν καὶ ἀπώλειαν συνελαύνοντα τοὺς πολεμίους, ὄμβρον δὲ ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν τὸ θεῖον παρακεκληκότων στρατιὰν, πᾶσαν αὐτὴν ἐκ τοῦ δίψους μέλλουσαν ὅσον οὔπω διαφθείρεσθαι ἀνακτώμενον.

5.5.3

3. This story is related by non-Christian writers who have been pleased to treat the times referred to, and it has also been recorded by our own people. By those historians who were strangers to the faith, the marvel is mentioned, but it is not acknowledged as an answer to our prayers. But by our own people, as friends of the truth, the occurrence is related in a simple and artless manner.

ἡ δὲ ἱστορία φέρεται μὲν καὶ παρὰ πόρρω τοῦ καθ’ ἡμᾶς λόγου συγγραφεῦσιν, οἶς μέλον γέγονε τῆς κατὰ τοὺς δηλουμένους γραφῆς, δεδήλωται δὲ καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἡμετέρων. ἀλλὰ τοῖς μὲν ἔξωθεν ἱστορικοῖς, ἅτε τῆς πίστεως ἀνοικείοις, τἐθειται μὲν τὸ παράδοξον, οὐ μὴν καὶ ταῖς τῶν ἡμετέρων εὐχαῖς τοῦτο ὡμολογήθη γεγονέναι· τοῖς δέ γε ἡμετέροις, ἅτε ἀληθείας φίλοις, ἁπλῷ καὶ ἀκακοήθει τρόπῳ τὸ πραχθὲν παραδέδοται.

5.5.4

4. Among these is Apolinarius, who says that from that time the legion through whose prayers the wonder took place received from the emperor a title appropriate to the event, being called in the language of the Romans the Thundering Legion.

τούτων δ’ ἂν εἴη καὶ Ἀπολινάριος, ἐξ ἐκείνου φήσας τὴν δι’ εὐχῆς τὸ παράδοξον πεποιηκυῖαν λεγεῶνα οἰκείαν τῷ γεγονότι πρὸς τοῦ βασιλέως εἰληφέναι προσηγορίαν, κεραυνοβόλον τῇ Ῥωμαίων ἐπικληθεῖσαν φωνῇ.

5.5.5

5. Tertullian is a trustworthy witness of these things. In the Apology for the Faith, which he addressed to the Roman Senate, and which work we have already mentioned, he confirms the history with greater and stronger proofs.

μάρτυς δὲ τούτων γένοιτ’ ἂν ἀξιόχρεως ὁ Τερτυλλιανὸς, τῇ Ρωμαϊκῇ συγκλήτῳ προσφωνήσας ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως ἀπολογίαν, ἧς καὶ πρόσθεν ἐμνημονεύσαμεν, τήν τε ἱστορίαν βεβαιῶν σὺν ἀποδείξει μείζονι καὶ ἐναργεστέρᾳ.

5.5.6

6. He writes that there are still extant letters of the most intelligent Emperor Marcus in which he testifies that his army, being on the point of perishing with thirst in Germany, was saved by the prayers of the Christians. And he says also that this emperor threatened death to those who brought accusation against us.

γράφει δ’ οὖν καὶ αὐτὸς λέγων Μάρκου τοῦ συνετωτάτου βασιλέως ἐπιστολὰς εἰσέτι νῦν φέρεσθαι, ἐν αἷς αὐτὸς μαρτυρεῖ ἐν Γερμανίᾳ ὕδατος ἀπορία μέλλοντα αὐτοῦ τὸν στρατὸν διαφθείρεσθαι ταῖς τῶν Χριστιανῶν εὐχαῖς σεσῶσθαι. τοῦτον δέ φησι καὶ θάνατον ἀπειλῆσαι τοῖς κατηγορεῖν ἡμῶν ἐπιχειροῦσιν.

5.5.7

7. He adds further:

“What kind of laws are those which impious, unjust, and cruel persons use against us alone? which Vespasian, though he had conquered the Jews, did not regard; which Trajan partially annulled, forbidding Christians to be sought after; which neither Adrian, though inquisitive in all matters, nor he who was called Pius sanctioned.” But let any one treat these things as he chooses; we must pass on to what followed.

οἶς ὁ δηλωθεὶς ἀνὴρ καὶ ταῦτα προσεπιλέγει· ποταποὶ οὖν οἶ νόμοι οὗτοι, οἶς καθ’ ἡμῶν μόνον “ἕπονται ἀσεβεῖς, ἄδικοι, ὠμοί; οὑς οὔτε Οὐεσπα- “σιανὸς ἐφύλαξε, καίτοι γε Ἰουδαίους νικήσας, οὓς “Τραϊανὸς ἐκ μέρους ἐξουθένησε, κωλύων ἐπιζητεῖσθαι Χριστιανοὺς, οὓς οὔτε Ἀδριανὸς, καίτοι γε πάντα τὰ περίεργα πολυπραγμονῶν, οὔτε ὁ Εὐσε- ‘βὴς ἐπικληθεὶς ἐπεκύρωσεν.’ ἀλλὰ ταῦτα μὲν ὅπη τις ἐθέλῃ τιθέσθω, μετίωμεν δὲ ἡμεῖς ἐπὶ τὴν τῶν ἑξῆς ἀκολουθίαν.

5.5.8

8. Pothinus having died with the other martyrs in Gaul at ninety years of age, Irenæus succeeded him in the episcopate of the church at Lyons. We have learned that, in his youth, he was a hearer of Polycarp.

Ποθεινοῦ δὴ ἐφ’ ὅλοις τῆς ζωῆς ἔτεσιν ἐνενήκοντα σὺν τοῖς ἐπὶ Γαλλίας μαρτυρήσασι τελειωθέντος, Εἰρηναῖος τῆς κατὰ Λούγδουνον ἧς ὁ Ποθεινὸς ἡγεῖτο παροικίας τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν διαδέχεται. Πολυκάρπου δὲ τοῦτον ἀκουστὴν γενέσθαι κατὰ τὴν νέαν ἐμανθάνομεν ἡλικίαν.

5.5.9

9. In the third book of his work Against Heresies he has inserted a list of the bishops of Rome, bringing it down as far as Eleutherus (whose times we are now considering), under whom he composed his work. He writes as follows:

οὗτος τῶν ἐπὶ ῾Ρώμης τὴν διαδοχὴν ἐπισκόπων ἐν τρίτῃ συντάξει τῶν πρὸς τὰς αἱρέσεις παραθέμενος, εἰς Ἐλεύθερον, οὗ τὰ κατὰ τοὺς χρόνους ἡμῖν ἐξετάζεται, ὡσὰν δὴ κατ’ αὐτὸν σπουδαζομένης αὐτῷ τῆς γραφῆς, τὸν κατάλογον ἵστησι, γράφων ὧδε·

5.6.1 Catalogue of the Bishops of Rome

1. “The blessed apostles having founded and established the church, entrusted the office of the episcopate to Linus. Paul speaks of this Linus in his Epistles to Timothy.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 5] “Θεμελιώσαντες οὖν καὶ οἰκοδομήσαντες οἶ μακάριοι ἀπόστολοι τὴν ἐκκλησίαν Λίνῳ τὴν τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς λειτουργίαν ἐνεχείρισαν. τούτου τοῦ Λίνου Παῦλος ἐν ταῖς πρὸς Τιμόθεον ἐπιστολαῖς μέμνηται, διαδέχεται δὲ αὐτὸν Ανέγκλητος.

5.6.2

2. Anencletus succeeded him, and after Anencletus, in the third place from the apostles, Clement received the episcopate. He had seen and conversed with the blessed apostles, and their preaching was still sounding in his ears, and their tradition was still before his eyes. Nor was he alone in this, for many who had been taught by the apostles yet survived.

μετὰ τοῦτον δὲ τρίτῳ τόπῳ ἀπὸ “τῶν ἀποστόλων τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν κληροῦται Κλήμης, ὁ “καὶ ἑωρακὼς τοὺς μακαρίους ἀποστόλους, καὶ συμ- “βεβληκὼς αὐτοῖς, καὶ ἔτι ἔναυλον τὸ κήρυγμα τῶν “ἀποστόλων καὶ τὴν παράδοσιν πρὸ ὀφθαλμῶν ἔχων, οὐ μόνος· ἔτι γὰρ πολλοὶ ὑπελείποντο τότε ὑπὸ τῶν “ἀποστόλων δεδιδαγμένοι.

5.6.3

3. In the times of Clement, a serious dissension having arisen among the brethren in Corinth, the church of Rome sent a most suitable letter to the Corinthians, reconciling them in peace, renewing their faith, and proclaiming the doctrine lately received from the apostles.”

ἐπὶ τούτου οὖν τοῦ “Κλήμεντος στάσεως οὐκ ὀλίγης τοῖς ἐν Κορίνθῳ “γενομένης ἀδελφοῖς, ἐπέστειλεν ἡ ἐν ῾Ρώμῃ ἐκκλησία “ἱκανωτάτην γραφὴν τοῖς Κορινθίοις, εἰς εἰρήνην “συμβιβάζουσα αὐτοὺς, καὶ ἀνανεοῦσα τὴν πίστιν “αὐτῶν καὶ ἣν νεωστὶ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων παρά- “δοσιν εἰλήφει.“

5.6.4

4. A little farther on he says:

“Evarestus succeeded Clement, and Alexander, Evarestus. Then Xystus, the sixth from the apostles, was appointed. After him Telesphorus, who suffered martyrdom gloriously; then Hyginus; then Pius; and after him Anicetus; Soter succeeded Anicetus; and now, in the twelfth place from the apostles, Eleutherus holds the office of bishop.

καὶ μετὰ βραχέα φησὶ “τὸν δὲ “Κλήμεντα τοῦτον διαδέχεται Εὐάρεστος, καὶ τὸν “Εὐάρεστον Ἀλέξανδρος. εἶθ᾿ οὕτως ἕκτος ἀπὸ τῶν “ἀποστόλων καθίσταται Ξύστὸς, μετὰ δὲ τοῦτον Τε- “λεσφόρος, ὃς καὶ ἐνδόξως ἐμαρτύρησεν· ἔπειτα Ὑγῖ- “νος, εἶτα Πίος, μεθ᾿ ὃν Ἀνίκητος. διαδεξαμένου “τὸν Ἀνίκητον Σωτῆρος νῦν δωδεκάτῳ τόπῳ τὸν τῆς “ἐπισκοπῆς ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων κατέχει κλῆρον Ἐλεύ- “θερος.

5.6.5

5. In the same order and succession the tradition in the Church and the preaching of the truth has descended from the apostles unto us.”

τῇ αὐτῇ τάξει καὶ τῇ αὐτῇ διδαχῇ ἥ τε “ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ παράδοσις καὶ “τὸ τῆς ἀληθείας κήρυγμα κατήντηκεν εἰς ἡμᾶς.”

5.7.1 Even down to those Times Miracles were performed by the Faithful

1. These things Irenæus, in agreement with the accounts already given by us, records in the work which comprises five books, and to which he gave the title Refutation and Overthrow of the Knowledge Falsely So-called. In the second book of the same treatise he shows that manifestations of divine and miraculous power continued to his time in some of the churches.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 3] Ταῦτα ὁ Εἰρήναιος, ἀκουλούθως ταῖς προδιεξοδευθείσαις ἡμῖν ὑπογράψας ἱστορίαις ἐν οἷς ἐπέγραψε πέντε οὖσι τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐλέγχου καὶ ἀνατροπῆς τῆς ψευδωνύμου γνώσεως, ἐν δευτέρῳ τῆς αὐτῆς ὑποθέσεως, ὅτι δὴ καὶ εἰς αὐτὸν ὑποδείγματα τῆς θείας καὶ παραδόξου δυνάμεως ἐν ἐκκλησίαις τισὶν ὑπολέλειπτο, διὰ τούτων ἐπισημαίνεται λέγων

5.7.2

2. He says:

“But so far do they come short of raising the dead, as the Lord raised them, and the apostles through prayer. And oftentimes in the brotherhood, when, on account of some necessity, our entire Church has besought with fasting and much supplication, the spirit of the dead has returned, and the man has been restored through the prayers of the saints.”

“τοσοῦτον δὲ ἀποδέουσι “τοῦ νεκρὸν ἐγείραι, καθὼς ὁ κύριος ἤγειρε καὶ “ἀπόστολοι διὰ προσευχῆς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἀδελφότητι “πολλάκις, διὰ τὸ ἀναγκαῖον τῆς κατὰ τόπον ἐκκλησίας πάσης αἰτησαμένης μετὰ νηστείας καὶ λιτανείας πολλῆς, ἐπέστρεψε τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ τετελευτηκότος, καὶ ἐχαρίσθη ὁ ἄνθρωπος ταῖς εὐχαῖς τῶν ἁγίων.’’

5.7.3

3. And again, after other remarks, he says:

“If they will say that even the Lord did these things in mere appearance, we will refer them to the prophetic writings, and show from them that all things were beforehand spoken of him in this manner, and were strictly fulfilled; and that he alone is the Son of God. Wherefore his true disciples, receiving grace from him, perform such works in his Name for the benefit of other men, as each has received the gift from him.

καὶ αὖθίς φησι μεθ’ ἕτερα εἰ δὲ καὶ τὸν κύριον “φαντασιωδῶς τὰ τοιαῦτα πεποιηκέναι φήσουσιν, “ἐπὶ τὰ προφητικὰ ἀνάγοντες αὐτοὺς ἐξ αὐτῶν ἐπι- “δείξομεν πάντα οὕτως περὶ αὐτοῦ καὶ προειρῆσθαι “καὶ γεγονέναι βεβαίως, καὶ αὐτὸν μόνον εἶναι τὸν “υἱὸν τοῦ θεοῦ. διὸ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἐκείνου ὀνόματι οἶ “ἀληθῶς αὐτοῦ μαθηταὶ, παρ’ αὐτοῦ λαβόντες τὴν “χάριν, ἐπιτελοῦσιν ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῇ τῶν λοιπῶν “ἀνθρώπων, καθὼς εἷς ἕκαστος τὴν δωρεὰν εἴληφε παρ’ αὐτοῦ.

5.7.4

4. For some of them drive out demons effectually and truly, so that those who have been cleansed from evil spirits frequently believe and unite with the Church. Others have a foreknowledge of future events, and visions, and prophetic revelations. Still others heal the sick by the laying on of hands, and restore them to health. And, as we have said, even dead persons have been raised, and remained with us many years.

οἶ μὲν γὰρ δαίμονας ἐλαύνουσι βεβαίως καὶ ἀληθῶς, ὥστε πολλάκις καὶ πιστεύειν ἐκείνους αὐτοὺς τοὺς καθαρισθέντας ἀπὸ τῶν πονηρῶν πνευμάτων καὶ εἶναι ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, οἶ δὲ καὶ πρόγνωσιν ἔχουσι τῶν μελλόντων καὶ ὀπτασίας καὶ ῥήσεις προφητικὰς, ἄλλοι δὲ τοὺς κάμνοντας διὰ τῆς τῶν χειρῶν ἐπιθέσεως ἰῶνται καὶ ὑγιεῖς ἀποκαθιστᾶσιν. ἤδη δὲ, καθὼς ἔφαμεν, καὶ νεκροὶ ἠγέρθησαν, καὶ παρέμειναν σὺν ἡμῖν ἔτεσιν ἱκανοῖς.

5.7.5

5. But why should we say more? It is not possible to recount the number of gifts which the Church, throughout all the world, has received from God in the name of Jesus Christ, who was crucified under Pontius Pilate, and exercises every day for the benefit of the heathen, never deceiving any nor doing it for money. For as she has received freely from God, freely also does she minister.”

καὶ τί γάρ; οὐκ ἔστιν ἀριθμὸν εἰπεῖν τῶν χαρισματων, ὧν κατὰ παντὸς του κόσμου ἡ ἐκκλησία παρὰ θεοῦ λαβοῦσα ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ σταυρωθέντος ἐπὶ Ποντίου Πιλάτου ἑκάστης ἡμέρας ἐπ’ εὐεργεσίᾳ τῇ τῶν ἐθνῶν ἐπιτελεῖ, μήτε ἐξαπατῶσά τινας μήτε ἐξαργυριζομένη· ὡς γὰρ “δωρεὰν εἴληφε παρὰ θεοῦ, δωρεὰν καὶ διακονεῖ.

5.7.6

6. And in another place the same author writes:

“As also we hear that many brethren in the Church possess prophetic gifts, and speak, through the Spirit, with all kinds of tongues, and bring to light the secret things of men for their good, and declare the mysteries of God.”

So much in regard to the fact that various gifts remained among those who were worthy even until that time.

καὶ ἐν ἑτέρω δὲ τόπῳ ὁ αὐτὸς γράφει καθὼς καὶ “πολλῶν ἀκούομεν ἀδελφῶν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ “τικὰ χαρίσματα ἐχόντων, καὶ παντοδαπαῖς λαλούν- “των διὰ τοῦ πνεύματος γλώσσαις, καὶ τὰ κρύφια “τῶν ἀνθρώπων εἰς φανερὸν ἀγόντων ἐπὶ τῷ καὶ τὰ μυστήρια τοῦ θεοῦ ἐκδιηγουμένων. ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τοῦ διαφορὰς χαρισμάτων μέχρι καὶ τῶν δηλουμένων χρόνων παρὰ τοῖς ἀξίοις διαμεῖναι.

5.8.1 The Statements of Irenæus in regard to the Divine Scriptures

1. Since, in the beginning of this work, we promised to give, when needful, the words of the ancient presbyters and writers of the Church, in which they have declared those traditions which came down to them concerning the canonical books, and since Irenæus was one of them, we will now give his words and, first, what he says of the sacred Gospels:

[Nic. H. E. IV, 4] Ἐπεὶ δὲ ἀρχόμενοι πραγματείας ὑπόσχεσιν πεποιήμεθα παραθήσεσθαι κατὰ καιρὸν εἰπόντες τὰς τῶν ἀρχαίων ἐκκλησιαστικῶν πρεσβυτέρων τε καὶ συγγραφέων φωνὰς, ἐν αἷς τὰς περὶ τῶν ἐνδιαθήκων γραφῶν εἰς αὐτοὺς κατελθούσας παραδόσεις γραφῇ παραδεδώκασι, τούτων δὲ καὶ ὁ Εἰρήναιος ἦν, φέρε καὶ τὰς αὐτοῦ παραθώμεθα λέξεις.

5.8.2

2. “Matthew published his Gospel among the Hebrews in their own language, while Peter and Paul were preaching and founding the church in Rome.

καὶ πρώτας γε τὰς περὶ τῶν ἱερῶν εὐαγγελίων, οὕτως ἐχούσας ὁ μὲν δὴ Ματθαῖος ἐν τοῖς Ἑβραίοις τῇ ἰδίᾳ αὐτῶν διαλέκτῳ καὶ γραφὴν ἐξήνεγκεν εὐαγγελίου, τοῦ Πέτρου καὶ τοῦ Παύλου ἐν ‘Ρώμῃ εὐαγγελιζομένων καὶ θεμελιούντων τὴν ἐκκλησίαν.

5.8.3

3. After their departure Mark, the disciple and interpreter of Peter, also transmitted to us in writing those things which Peter had preached; and Luke, the attendant of Paul, recorded in a book the Gospel which Paul had declared.

μετὰ δὲ τὴν τούτων ἔξοδον Μάρκος ὁ μαθητὴς καὶ ἑρμηνευτὴς Πέτρου καὶ αὐτὸς τὰ ὑπὸ Πέτρου κηρυσσόμενα ἐγγράφως ἡμὶν παραδέ- “δωκε, καὶ Λουκᾶς δὲ, ὁ ἀκόλουθος ΠαύΑου, τὸ ὑπ’ ἐκείνου κηρυσσόμενον εὐαγγέλιον ἐν βίβλῳ κατέθετο.

5.8.4

4. Afterwards John, the disciple of the Lord, who also reclined on his bosom, published his Gospel, while staying at Ephesus in Asia.”

ἔπειτα Ἰωάννης, ὁ μαθητὴς τοῦ κυρίου, ὁ καὶ ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος αὐτοῦ ἀναπεσὼν, καὶ αὐτὸς ἐξέδωκε τὸ εὐαγγέλιον, ἐν Ἐφέσω τῆς Ἀσίας δια- “τρίβων.”

5.8.5

5. He states these things in the third book of his above-mentioned work. In the fifth book he speaks as follows concerning the Apocalypse of John, and the number of the name of Antichrist:

“As these things are so, and this number is found in all the approved and ancient copies, and those who saw John face to face confirm it, and reason teaches us that the number of the name of the beast, according to the mode of calculation among the Greeks, appears in its letters.…”

ταῦτα μὲν οὖν ἐν τρίτῳ τῆς εἰρημένης ὑποθέσεως τῷ προδηλωθέντι εἴρηται. ἐν δὲ τῷ πέμπτῳ περὶ τῆς Ἰωάννου ἀποκαλύψεως καὶ τῆς ψήφου τῆς τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου προσηγορίας οὕτω διαλαμβάνει· “τούτων δὲ οὕτως ἐχόντων, καὶ ἐν πᾶσι δὲ τοῖς σπουδαίοις καὶ ἀρχαίοις ἀντιγράφοις τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τούτου κειμένου, καὶ μαρτυρούντων αὐτῶν ἐκείνων τῶν κατ᾿ ὄψιν τὸν Ἰωάννην καὶ τοῦ λόγου διδάσκοντος ἡμὰς ὅτι ὁ ἀριθμὸς τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ θηρίου κατὰ τὴν τῶν Ἑλλήνων ψῆφον διὰ τῶν ἐν αὐτῷ γραμμάτων ἐμφαίνεται.’’

5.8.6

6. And farther on he says concerning the same:

“We are not bold enough to speak confidently of the name of Antichrist. For if it were necessary that his name should be declared clearly at the present time, it would have been announced by him who saw the revelation. For it was seen, not long ago, but almost in our generation, toward the end of the reign of Domitian.”

καὶ ὑποκαταβὰς περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ φάσκει “ἡμεῖς οὖν οὐκ ‘ἀποκινδυνεύομεν περὶ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἀντιχρίστου ἀποφαινόμενοι βεβαιωτικῶς. εἰ γὰρ ἔδει ἀναφανδὸν τῷ νῦν καιρῷ κηρύττεσθαι τοὔνομα αὐτοῦ, δι’ ἐκείνου ἂν ἐρρέθη τοῦ καὶ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν ἑωρακότος· κότος· οὐδὲ γὰρ πρὸ πολλοῦ χρόνου ἐωράθη, ἀλλὰ σχεδὸν ἐπὶ τῆς ἡμετέρας γενεάς, πρὸς τῷ τέλει τῆς Δομετιανοῦ ἀρχῆς.”

5.8.7

7. He states these things concerning the Apocalypse in the work referred to. He also mentions the first Epistle of John, taking many proofs from it, and likewise the first Epistle of Peter. And he not only knows, but also receives, The Shepherd, writing as follows:

“Well did the Scripture speak, saying, ‘First of all believe that God is one, who has created and completed all things,’” &c.

ταῦτα καὶ περὶ τῆς ἀποκαλύψεως ἱστόρηται τῷ δεδηλωμένῳ. μέμνηται δὲ καὶ τῆς Ἰωάννου πρώτης ἐπιστολῆς, μαρτύρια ἐξ αὐτῆς πλεῖστα εἰσφέρων, ὁμοίως δὲ καὶ τῆς Πέτρου προτέρας. οὐ μόνον δὲ οἶδεν, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀποδέχεται τὴν τοῦ Ποιμένος γραφὴν λέγων καλῶς οὑν εἶπενἡγραφὴ ἡ λέγουσα, πρῶτον πάντων πίστευσον ὅτι εἷς ἐστὶν ὁ θεὸς, ὁ τ’. πάντα κτίσας καὶ τὰ ἑξῆς.

5.8.8

8. And he uses almost the precise words of the Wisdom of Solomon, saying: “The vision of God produces immortality, but immortality renders us near to God.” He mentions also the memoirs of a certain apostolic presbyter, whose name he passes by in silence, and gives his expositions of the sacred Scriptures.

καὶ ῥητοῖς τοῖς δέ τισιν ἐκ τῆς Σολομῶνος Σοφίας κέχρηται, μονονουχὶ φάσκων· ὅρασις ’δε θεοῦ περιποιητικὴ ἀφθαρσίας, ἀφθαρσία δὲ ἐγγὺς εἶναι ποιεῖ θεοῦ. καὶ ἀπομνημονευμάτων δὲ ἀποστολικοῦ τινὸς πρεσβυτέρου, οὗ τοὔνομα σιωπῇ παραδέδωκε, μνημονεύει, ὢ ἐξηγήσεις τε αὐτοῦ θείων γραφῶν παρατέθειται.

5.8.9

9. And he refers to Justin the Martyr, and to Ignatius, using testimonies also from their writings. Moreover, he promises to refute Marcion from his own writings, in a special work.

ἔτι καὶ Ἰουστίνου τοὐ μάρτυρος καὶ Ἰγνατίου μνήμην πεποίηται, μαρτυρίαις αὖθις καὶ ἀπὸ τῶν τούτοις γραφέντων κεχρημένος. ἐπήγγελται δὲ αὐτὸς ἐκ τῶν Μαρκίωνος συγγραμμάτων ἀντιλέξειν αὐτῷ ἐν ἰδίῳ σπουδάσματι.

5.8.10

10. Concerning the translation of the inspired Scriptures by the Seventy, hear the very words which he writes:

“God in truth became man, and the Lord himself saved us, giving the sign of the virgin; but not as some say, who now venture to translate the Scripture, ‘Behold, a young woman shall conceive and bring forth a son,’ as Theodotion of Ephesus and Aquila of Pontus, both of them Jewish proselytes, interpreted; following whom, the Ebionites say that he was begotten by Joseph.”

καὶ περὶ τῆς κατὰ τοὺς ἑβδομήκοντα ἑρμηνείας τῶν θεοπνεύστων γραφῶν ἄκουε οἷα κατὰ λέξιν γράφει ὁ θεὸς οὖν ἄνθρωπος ἐγένετο, καὶ αὐτὸς κύριος ἔσωσεν ἡμᾶς, δοὺς τὸ τῆς παρθένου σημεῖον· ἀλλ’ οὐχ ὡς ἔνιοι φασι τῶν νῦν τολμώντων μεθερμηνεύειν τὴν γραφὴν ‘ ἴδοὺ ἡ νεᾶνις ἐν γαστρὶ ἔξει καὶ τέξεται υἱόν᾿, ὡς Θεοδοτίων ἡρμήνευσεν ὁ Ἐφέσιος, καὶ Ἀκύλας ὁ Ποντικὸς, ἀμφότεροι Ἰουδαῖοι προσήλυτοι, οἷς κατακολουθήσαντες οἱ Ἐβιωναῖοι ἐξ Ἰωσὴφ αὐτὸν γεγενῆσθαι φάσκουσι.’’

5.8.11

11. Shortly after he adds:

“For before the Romans had established their empire, while the Macedonians were still holding Asia, Ptolemy, the son of Lagus, being desirous of adorning the library which he had founded in Alexandria with the meritorious writings of all men, requested the people of Jerusalem to have their Scriptures translated into the Greek language.

τούτοις ἐπιφέρει μετὰ βραχέα λέγων πρὸ τοῦ γὰρ Ῥωμαίους κρατῦναι τὴν ἀρχὴν αὐτῶν, ἔτι τῶν Μακεδόνων τὴν Ἀσίαν κατε- ‘χόντων, Πτολεμαῖος ὁ Λάγου, φιλοτιμούμενος τὴν “ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κατεσκευασμένην βιβλιοθήκην ἐν Ἀλε- “ξανδρείᾳ κοσμῆσαι τοῖς πάντων ἀνθρώπων συγγράμμασιν, ὅσα γε σπουδαῖα ὑπῆρχεν, ᾐτήσατο παρὰ τῶν Ἱεροσολυμιτῶν εἰς τὴν Ἑλληνικὴν διάλεκτον σχεῖν αὐτῶν μεταβεβλημένας τὰς γραφάς.

5.8.12

12. But, as they were then subject to the Macedonians, they sent to Ptolemy seventy elders, who were the most skilled among them in the Scriptures and in both languages. Thus God accomplished his purpose.

οἱ δὲ ὑπήκουον γὰρ ἔτι τοῖς Μακεδόσι τότε) τοὺς παρ’ αὐτοῖς ἐμπειροτάτους τῶν γραφῶν καὶ ἀμφοτέρων τῶν διαλέκτων, ἑβδομήκοντα πρεσβυτέρους ἔπεμψαν Πτολεμαίῳ, ποιήσοντας τοῦθ’ ὅπερ ἠβούλετο

5.8.13

13. But wishing to try them individually, as he feared lest, by taking counsel together, they might conceal the truth of the Scriptures by their interpretation, he separated them from one another, and commanded all of them to write the same translation. He did this for all the books.

ὁ δὲ ἰδέᾳ πεῖραν αὐτῶν λαβεῖν θελή- “σας, εὐλαβηθείς τε μή τι ἄρα συνθέμενοι τὴν ἐν ταῖς γραφαῖς διὰ τῆς ἑρμηνείας ἀλή- “θειαν, χωρίσας αὐτοὺς ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων ἐκέλευσε πάντας τὴν αὐτὴν ἑρμηνείαν γράφειν, καὶ τοῦτο ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν βιβλίων ἐποίησε.

5.8.14

14. But when they came together in the presence of Ptolemy, and compared their several translations, God was glorified, and the Scriptures were recognized as truly divine. For all of them had rendered the same things in the same words and with the same names from beginning to end, so that the heathen perceived that the Scriptures had been translated by the inspiration of God.

συνελθόντων δὲ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ παρὰ τῷ Πτολεμαίῳ, καὶ “συναντιβαλλόντων ἑκάστου τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἑρμηνείαν, “ὁ μὲν θεὸς ἐδοξάσθη, αἶ δὲ γραφαὶ ὄντως “ἐγνώσθησαν, τῶν πάντων τὰ αὐτὰ ταῖς αὐταῖς λἐ- “ξεσι καὶ τοῖς αὐτοῖς ὀνόμασιν ἀναγορευσάντων ἀπ’ ἀρχῆς μέχρι τέλους, ὥστε καὶ τὰ παρόντα ἔθνη “γνὠναι ὅτι κατ’ ἐπίπνοιαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσιν ἡρμηνευμέναι αἶ γραφαί.

5.8.15

15. And this was nothing wonderful for God to do, who, in the captivity of the people under Nebuchadnezzar, when the Scriptures had been destroyed, and the Jews had returned to their own country after seventy years, afterwards, in the time of Artaxerxes, king of the Persians, inspired Ezra the priest, of the tribe of Levi, to relate all the words of the former prophets, and to restore to the people the legislation of Moses.”

Such are the words of Irenæus.

καὶ οὐδέν γε θαυμαστὸν τοῦτο ἐνηργηκέναι τὸν θεὸν, ὅς γε καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐπὶ Ναβουχοδονόσορ αἰχμαλωσίᾳ τοῦ λαοῦ, διαφθαρεισῶν σῶν τῶν γραφῶν, καὶ μετὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτη τῶν Ἰουδαίων ἀνελθόντων εἰς τὴν χώραν αὐτῶν, ἔπειτα ἐν τοῖς χρόνοις Ἀρταξέρξου τοῦ Περσῶν βασιλέως ἐνέπνευσεν Ἔσδρᾳ τῷ ἱερεῖ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Λευὶ, τοὺς “τῶν προγεγονότων προφητῶν πάντας ἀνατάξασθαι λόγους, καὶ ἀποκαταστῆσαι τῷ λαῷ τὴν διὰ Μωυσέως νομοθεσίαν.’’ τοσαῦτα ὁ Εἰρήναιος.

5.9 The Bishops under Commodus

1. After Antoninus had been emperor for nineteen years, Commodus received the government. In his first year Julian became bishop of the Alexandrian churches, after Agrippinus had held the office for twelve years.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 9] Ἐννέα δὲ καὶ δέκα ἔτεσι τῇ βασιλείᾳ διαρκέσαντος Ἀντωνίνου, Κόμοδος τὴν ἡγεμονίαν παραλαμβάνει, οὗ κατὰ τὸ πρῶτον ἔτος τῶν κατ’ Ἀλεξάνδρειαν ἐκκλησιῶν Ἰουλιανὸς ἐγχειρίζεται τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν, ἐπὶ δυοκαίδεκα ἔτεσιν Ἀγριππίνου τὴν λειτουργίαν ἀναπλήσαντος.

5.10.1 Pantænus the Philosopher

1. About that time, Pantænus, a man highly distinguished for his learning, had charge of the school of the faithful in Alexandria. A school of sacred learning, which continues to our day, was established there in ancient times, and as we have been informed, was managed by men of great ability and zeal for divine things. Among these it is reported that Pantænus was at that time especially conspicuous, as he had been educated in the philosophical system of those called Stoics.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 2] Ἡγεῖτο δὲ τηνικαῦτα τῆς τῶν πιστῶν αὐτόθι διατριβῆς τῶν ἀπὸ παιδείας ἀνὴρ ἐπιδοξότατος, ὄνομα αὐτῷ Πάνταινος, ἐξ ἀρχαίου ἔθους διδασκαλείου τῶν ἱερῶν λόγων παρ’ αὐτοῖς συνεστῶτος, ὃ καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς παρατείνεται, καὶ πρὸς τῶν ἐν λόγῳ καὶ τῇ περὶ τὰ θεῖα σπουδῇ δυνατῶν συγκροτεῖσθαι παρειλήφαμεν. ἐν δὲ τοῖς μάλιστα κατ᾿ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ διαλάμψαι λόγος ἔχει τὸν δεδηλωμένον, οἷα καὶ ἀπὸ φιλοσόφου ἀγωγῆς τῶν καλουμένων Στωϊκῶν ὁρμώμενον.

5.10.2

2. They say that he displayed such zeal for the divine Word, that he was appointed as a herald of the Gospel of Christ to the nations in the East, and was sent as far as India. For indeed there were still many evangelists of the Word who sought earnestly to use their inspired zeal, after the examples of the apostles, for the increase and building up of the Divine Word.

τοσαύτην δ᾿ οὖν φασιν αὐτὸν ἐκθυμοτάτῃ διαθέσει προθυμίαν περὶ τὸν θεῖον λόγον ἐνδείξασθαι ὡς καὶ κήρυκα τοῦ κατὰ Χριστὸν εὐαγγελίου τοῖς ἐπ᾿ ἀνατολῆς ἔθνεσι ἀναδειχθῆναι, μέχρι καὶ τῆς Ἰνδῶν στειλάμενον γῆς. ἦσαν γὰρ, ἦσαν εἰσέτι τότε πλείους εὐαγγελισταὶ τοῦ λόγου, ἔνθεον ζῆλον ἀποστολικοῦ μιμήματος συνεισφέρειν ἐπ᾿ αὐξήσει καὶ οἰκοδομῇ τοῦ θείου λόγου προμηθούμενοι

5.10.3

3. Pantænus was one of these, and is said to have gone to India. It is reported that among persons there who knew of Christ, he found the Gospel according to Matthew, which had anticipated his own arrival. For Bartholomew, one of the apostles, had preached to them, and left with them the writing of Matthew in the Hebrew language, which they had preserved till that time.

ὧν εἷς γενόμενος καὶ ὁ Πάνταινος καὶ εἰς Ἰνδοὺς ἐλθεῖν λέγεται, ἔνθα λόγος εὑρεῖν αὐτὸν προφθάσαν τὴν αὐτοῦ παρουσίαν τὸ κατὰ Ματθαῖον εὐαγγέλιον παρά τισιν αὐτόθι τὸν Χριστὸν ἐπεγνωκόσιν, οἷς Βαρθολομαῖον τῶν ἀποστόλων ἕνα κηρῦξαι, αὐτοῖς τε Ἑβραίων γράμμασι τὴν τοῦ Ματθαίου καταλεῖψαι γραφὴν, ἣν καὶ σώζεσθαι εἰς τὸν δηλούμενον χρόνον.

5.10.4

4. After many good deeds, Pantænus finally became the head of the school at Alexandria, and expounded the treasures of divine doctrine both orally and in writing.

ὅ γε μὴν Πάνταινος ἐπὶ πολλοῖς κατορθώμασι τοῦ κατ᾿ Ἀλεξάνδρειαν τελευτῶν ἡγεῖται διδασκαλείου, ζώσῃ φωνῇ καὶ διὰ συγγραμμάτων τοὺς τῶν θείων δογμάτων θησαυροὺς ὑπομνηματιζόμενος.

5.11.1 Clement of Alexandria

1. At this time Clement, being trained with him in the divine Scriptures at Alexandria, became well known. He had the same name as the one who anciently was at the head of the Roman church, and who was a disciple of the apostles.

[Νic. H. E. IV, 3.] Κατὰ τοῦτον ταῖς θείαις γραφαῖς συνασκούμενος ἐπ᾿ Ἀλεξανδρείας ἐγνωρίζετο Κλήμης, ὁμώνυμος τῷ πάλαι τῆς ῾Ρωμαίων ἐκκλησίας ἡγησαμένῳ φοιτητῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων.

5.11.2

2. In his Hypotyposes he speaks of Pantænus by name as his teacher. It seems to me that he alludes to the same person also in the first book of his Stromata, when, referring to the more conspicuous of the successors of the apostles whom he had met, he says:

ὃς δὴ καὶ ὀνομαστὶ ἐν αἷς συνέταξεν Ὑποτυπώσεσιν ὡσὰν διδασκάλου τοῦ Πανταίνου μέμνηται, τοῦτόν τε αὐτὸν καὶ τῶν Στρωματέων ἐν πρώτῳ συγγράμματι αἰνίτ- τεσθαί μοι δοκεῖ, ὅτε τοὺς ἐμφανεστέρους ἧς κατείληφεν ἀποστολικῆς διαδοχῆς ἐπισημαινόμενος ταῦτά φησιν

5.11.3

3. “This work is not a writing artfully constructed for display; but my notes are stored up for old age, as a remedy against forgetfulness; an image without art, and a rough sketch of those powerful and animated words which it was my privilege to hear, as well as of blessed and truly remarkable men.

“ἤδη δὲ οὐ γραφὴ εἰς ἐπίδειξιν τετεχνασμένη ἥδε ἡ πραγματεία, ἀλλά μοι ὑπομνήματα εἰς γῆρας θησαυρίζεται, λήθης φάρμακον, εἴδωλον ἀτεχνῶς καὶ σκιαγραφία τῶν ἐναργῶν καὶ ἐμψύχων ἐκείνων ὧν “κατηξιώθην ἐπακοῦσαι λόγων τε καὶ ἀνδρῶν “ρίων καὶ τῷ ὄντι ἀξιολόγων.

5.11.4

4. Of these the one—the Ionian—was in Greece, the other in Magna Græcia; the one of them was from Cœle-Syria, the other from Egypt. There were others in the East, one of them an Assyrian, the other a Hebrew in Palestine. But when I met with the last,—in ability truly he was first,—having hunted him out in his concealment in Egypt, I found rest.

τούτων ὁ μὲν τῆς Ἑλλάδος, ὁ Ἰωνικὸς, ὁ δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς μεγάλης Ἑλλάδος, τῆς Κοίλης ἅτερος αὐτῶν Συρίας ἦν, ὁ “δὲ ἀπ’ Αἰγύπτου, ἄλλοι δὲ ἀνὰ τὴν ἀνατολὴν, ταύτης ὁ μέν τις τῶν Ἀσσυρίων, ὁ δὲ ἐν τῇ Παλαιστίνῃ Ἑβραῖος ἀνέκαθεν. ὑστάτῳ δὲ περιτυχὼν δυνάμει δὲ ἄρα πρῶτος ἦν) ἀνεπαυσάμην, ἐν Αἰγύπτῳ θηράσας λεληθότα

5.11.5

5. These men, preserving the true tradition of the blessed doctrine, directly from the holy apostles, Peter and James and John and Paul, the son receiving it from the father (but few were like the fathers), have come by God’s will even to us to deposit those ancestral and apostolic seeds.”

ἀλλ’ οἶ μὲν τὴν ἀληθῆ τῆς μακαρίας σώζοντες διδασκαλίας παράδοσιν εὐθὺς ἀπὸ Πέτρου καὶ Ἰακώβου, Ἰωάννου τε καὶ Παύλου τῶν ἁγίων ἀποστόλων, παῖς παρὰ πατρὸς ἐκδεξάμενος ὀλίγοι δὲ οἱ πατράσιν ὅμοιοι), ἧκον δὴ σὺν θεῷ καὶ εἰς ἡμᾶς, τὰ προγονικὰ ἐκεῖνα καὶ ἀποστολικὰ καταθησόμενοι σπέρματα.”

5.12 The Bishops in Jerusalem PG 20, 460

1. At this time Narcissus was the bishop of the church at Jerusalem, and he is celebrated by many to this day. He was the fifteenth in succession from the siege of the Jews under Adrian. We have shown that from that time first the church in Jerusalem was composed of Gentiles, after those of the circumcision, and that Marcus was the first Gentile bishop that presided over them.

2. After him the succession in the episcopate was: first Cassianus; after him Publius; then Maximus; following them Julian; then Gaius; after him Symmachus and another Gaius, and again another Julian; after these Capito and Valens and Dolichianus; and after all of them Narcissus, the thirtieth in regular succession from the apostles.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 9] Ἐπὶ τούτων τῆς Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπος ὁ παρὰ πολλοῖς εἰσέτι νῦν βεβοημένος Νάρκισσος ἐγνωρίζετο, πεντεκαιδεκάτην ἄγων διαδοχὴν ἀπὸ τῆς τῶν Ἰουδαίων κατὰ Ἀδριανὸν πολιορκίας, ἐξ οὐ δὴ πρῶτον τὴν αὐτόθι ἐκκλησίαν ἐξ ἐθνῶν συστῆναι μετὰ τοὺς ἐκ περιτομῆς, καθηγήσασθαί τε αὐτῶν πρῶτον ἐξ ἐθνῶν ἐπίσκοπον Μάρκον ἐδηλώσαμεν.

μεθ’ ὃν ἐπισκοπεῦσαι Κασσιανὸν αἶ τῶν αὐτόθι διαδοχαὶ περιέ- χοῦσι, καὶ μετὰ τοῦτον Πούπλιον, εἶτα Μάξιμον, καὶ ἐπὶ τούτοις Ἰουλιανὸν, ἔπειτα Γάϊον, μεθ’ ὃ Σύμμαχον, καὶ Γάϊον ἕτερον, καὶ πάλιν ἄλλον Ἰουλιανὸν, Καπίτωνά τε πρὸς τούτοις καὶ Οὐάλεντα καὶ Δολιχιανὸν, καὶ ἐπὶ πᾶσι τὸν Νάρκισσον, τριακοστὸ ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων κατὰ τὴν τῶν ἑξῆς διαδοχὴ γεγενημένον.

5.13.1 Rhodo and his Account of the Dissension of Marcion PG 20, 460

1. At this time Rhodo, a native of Asia, who had been instructed, as he himself states, by Tatian, with whom we have already become acquainted, having written several books, published among the rest one against the heresy of Marcion. He says that this heresy was divided in his time into various opinions; and while describing those who occasioned the division, he refutes accurately the falsehoods devised by each of them.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 9] Ἐν τούτῳ καὶ Ῥόδων, γένος τῶν Ἀσίας, μαθητευθεὶς ἐπὶ Ῥώμης, ὡς αὐτὸς ἱστορεῖ, Τατιανῷ, ὃν ἐκ τῶν πρόσθεν ἔγνωμεν, διάφορα συντάξας βιβλία, μετὰ τῶν λοιπῶν καὶ πρὸς τὴν Μαρκίωνος παρατέτακται αἵρεσιν· ἣν καὶ εἰς διαφόρους γνώμας κατ’ αὐτὸν διαστᾶσαν ἱστορεῖ, τοὺς τὴν διάστασιν ἐμπεποιηκότας ἀναγράφων, ἐπ’ ἀκριβές τε τὰς παρ’ ἑκάστῳ τούτων ἐπινενοημένας διελέγχων ψευδολογίας.

5.13.2 PG 20, 460

2. But hear what he writes:

“Therefore also they disagree among themselves, maintaining an inconsistent opinion. For Apelles, one of the herd, priding himself on his manner of life and his age, acknowledges one principle, but says that the prophecies are from an opposing spirit, being led to this view by the responses of a maiden by name Philumene, who was possessed by a demon.

ἄκουε δ’ οὖν καὶ αὐτοῦ ταῦτα γράφοντος διὰ τοῦτο καὶ παρ’ ἑαυτοῖς ἀσύμφωνοι γεγόνασιν, ἀσυστάτου γνώμης ἀντιποιούμενοι. “ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς τούτων ἀγέλης Ἀπελλῆς μὲν, ὁ τῇ πο- “λιτείᾳ σεμνυνόμενος καὶ τῷ γήρᾳ, μίαν ἀρχὴν τὰς δὲ προφητείας ἐξ ἀντικειμένου λέγει πνεύματος, πειθόμενος ἀποφθέγμασι παρθένου δαιμονώσης, ὄνομα Φιλουμένης.

5.13.3

3. But others, among whom are Potitus and Basilicus, hold to two principles, as does the mariner Marcion himself.

ἕτεροι δὲ, καθὼς καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ ναύτης Μαρκίων, δύο ἀρχὰς εἰσηγοῦνται· “ἀφ᾿ ὧν εἰσι Ποτίτός τε καὶ Βασιλικός.

5.13.4 PG 20, 460

4. These following the wolf of Pontus, and, like him, unable to fathom the division of things, became reckless, and without giving any proof asserted two principles. Others, again, drifting into a worse error, consider that there are not only two, but three natures. Of these, Syneros is the leader and chief, as those who defend his teaching say.”

καὶ οὗτοι ‘·μὲν κατακολουθήσαντες τῷ Ποντικῷ λύκῳ, καὶ μὴ εὑρίσκοντες τὴν διαίρεσιν τῶν πραγμάτων, ὡς οὐδὲ. ἐκεῖνος, ἐπὶ τὴν εὐχέρειαν ἐτράποντο, καὶ δύο ἀρχὰς ἀπεφήναντο ψιλῶς καὶ ἀναποδείκτως. ἄλλοι δὲ πάλιν ἀπ’ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ τὸ χεῖρον ἐξοκείλαντες οὐ μό- “νον δύο, ἀλλὰ καὶ τρεῖς ὑποτίθενται φύσεις, ὧν “ἐστιν ἀρχηγὸς καὶ προστάτης Σύνερως, καθὼς οἶ τὸ “διδασκαλεῖον αὐτοῦ προβαλλόμενοι λέγουσι.”

5.13.5

5. The same author writes that he engaged in conversation with Apelles. He speaks as follows:

“For the old man Apelles, when conversing with us, was refuted in many things which he spoke falsely; whence also he said that it was not at all necessary to examine one’s doctrine, but that each one should continue to hold what he believed. For he asserted that those who trusted in the Crucified would be saved, if only they were found doing good works. But as we have said before, his opinion concerning God was the most obscure of all. For he spoke of one principle, as also our doctrine does.”

γράφει δὲ ὁ αὐτὸς ὡς καὶ εἰς λόγους ἐληλύθοι τῷ Ἀπελλῇ, φάσκων οὕτως “ὁ γὰρ γέρων Ἀπελλῆς συμ- “μίξας ἡμῖν πολλὰ μὲν κακῶς λέγων ἠλέγχθη, ὅθεν “καὶ ἔφασκε μὴ δεῖν ὅλως ἐξετάζειν τὸν λόγον, ἀλλ᾿ “ἕκαστον, ὡς πεπίστευκε, διαμένειν. σωθήσεσθαι “γὰρ τοὺς ἐπὶ τὸν ἐσταυρωμένον ἠλπικότας ἀπεφαί- “νετο, μόνον ἐὰν ἐν ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς εὑρίσκωνται. τὸ “δὲ πάντων ἀσαφέστατον ἐδογματίζετο αὐτῷ πρᾶγμα, “καθὼς προειρήκαμεν, τὸ περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ. ἔλεγε μὲν “γὰρ μίαν ἀρχὴν καθὼς καὶ ὁ ἡμέτερος λόγος.”

5.13.6

6. Then, after stating fully his own opinion, he adds:

“When I said to him, Tell me how you know this or how can you assert that there is one principle, he replied that the prophecies refuted themselves, because they have said nothing true; for they are inconsistent, and false, and self-contradictory. But how there is one principle he said that he did not know, but that he was thus persuaded.

εἶτα προθεὶς αὐτοῦ πᾶσαν τὴν δόξαν ἐπιφέρει φάσκων “λέγοντος δέ μου πρὸς αὐτὸν ῾πόθεν ἡ ἀπό- “δειξις αὕτη σοι, ἢ πῶς δύνασαι λέγειν μίαν ἀρχὴν, “φράσον ἡμῖν᾿ ἔφη τὰς μὲν προφητείας ἑαυτὰς ἐλέγ- “χειν, διὰ τὸ μηδὲν ὅλως ἀληθὲς εἰρηκέναι· ἀσύμφω- “νοι γὰρ ὑπάρχουσι καὶ ψευδεῖς καὶ ἑαυταῖς ἀντι- “κείμεναι. τὸ δὲ πῶς ἐστι μία ἀρχὴ μὴ γινώσκειν “ἔλεγεν, οὕτω δὲ κινεῖσθαι μόνον.

5.13.7

7. As I then adjured him to speak the truth, he swore that he did so when he said that he did not know how there is one unbegotten God, but that he believed it. Thereupon I laughed and reproved him because, though calling himself a teacher, he knew not how to confirm what he taught.”

εἶτ᾿ ἐπομοσα- “μένου μου τἀληθὲς εἰπεῖν, ὤμνυεν ἀληθεύων λέ- ‘’γειν, μὴ ἐπίστασθαι πῶς εἷς ἐστιν ἀγέννητος θεὸς, “τοῦτο δὲ πιστεύειν. ἐγὼ δὲ γελάσας κατέγνων αὐτοῦ, “διότι διδάσκαλος εἶναι λέγων οὐκ ᾔδει τὸ διδασκό- “μενον ὑπ᾿ αὐτοῦ κρατύνειν.”

5.13.8

8. In the same work, addressing Callistio, the same writer acknowledges that he had been instructed at Rome by Tatian. And he says that a book of Problems had been prepared by Tatian, in which he promised to explain the obscure and hidden parts of the divine Scriptures. Rhodo himself promises to give in a work of his own solutions of Tatian’s problems. There is also extant a Commentary of his on the Hexæmeron.

ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ δὲ συγγράμματι Καλλιστίωνι προσφωνῶν ὁ αὐτὸς μεμαθητεῦσθαι ἐπὶ ῾Ρώμης Τατιανῷ ἑαυτὸν ὁμολογεῖ. φησὶ δὲ καὶ ἐσπουδάσθαι τῷ Τατιανῷ προβλημάτων βιβλίον, δι᾿ ὧν τὸ ἀσαφὲς καὶ ἐπικεκρυμμένον τῶν θείων γραφῶν παραστήσειν ὑποσχομένου τοῦ Τατιανοῦ αὐτὸς ὁ ῾Ρόδων ἐν ἰδίῳ συγγράμματι τὰς τῶν ἐκείνου προβλημάτων ἐπιλύσεις ἐκθήσεσθαι ἐπαγγέλλεται. φέρεται δὲ τοῦ αὐτοῦ καὶ εἰς τὴν ἑξαήμε- ρον ὑπόμνημα.

5.13.9

9. But this Apelles wrote many things, in an impious manner, of the law of Moses, blaspheming the divine words in many of his works, being, as it seemed, very zealous for their refutation and overthrow.

So much concerning these.

ὅ γέ τοι Ἀπελλῆς οὗτος μυρία κατὰ τοῦ Μωυσέως ἠσέβησε νόμου, διὰ πλειόνων συγγραμμάτων τοὺς θείους βλασφημήσας λόγους, εἰς ἔλεγχόν τε, ὥς γε δὴ ἐδόκει, καὶ ἀνατροπὴν αὐτῶν οὐ μικρὰν πεποιημένος σπουδήν. ταῦτα μὲν οὖν περὶ τούτων.

5.14 The False Prophets of the Phrygians

The enemy of God’s Church, who is emphatically a hater of good and a lover of evil, and leaves untried no manner of craft against men, was again active in causing strange heresies to spring up against the Church. For some persons, like venomous reptiles, crawled over Asia and Phrygia, boasting that Montanus was the Paraclete, and that the women that followed him, Priscilla and Maximilla, were prophetesses of Montanus.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 0] Μισόκαλός γε μὴν ἐς τὰ μάλιστα καὶ φιλοπόνηρος ὢν ὁ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τοῦ θεοῦ πολέμιος, μηδένα τε μηδαμῶς τῆς κατὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπολιπὼν ἐπιβουλῆς τρόπον, αἱρέσεις ξένας αὖθις ἐπιφύεσθαι κατὰ τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἐνήργει, ὧν οἱ μὲν ἰοβόλων δίκην ἑρπετῶν ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας καὶ Φρυγίας εἷρπον, τὸν μὲν παράκλητον Μοντανὸν, τὰς δ᾿ ἐξ αὐτοῦ γυναῖκας, Πρίσκιλλαν καὶ Μαξίμιλλαν, ὡσὰν τοῦ Μοντανοῦ προφήτιδας γεγονυίας αὐχοῦντες.

5.15 The Schism of Blastus at Rome

Others, of whom Florinus was chief, flourished at Rome. He fell from the presbyterate of the Church, and Blastus was involved in a similar fall. They also drew away many of the Church to their opinion, each striving to introduce his own innovations in respect to the truth.

οἱ δ᾿ ἐπὶ ῾Ρώμης ἤκμαζον, ὧν ἡγεῖτο Φλωρῖνος, πρεσβυτερίου τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἀποπεσὼν, Βλάστος τε σὺν τούτῳ παραπλησίῳ πτώματι κατεσχημένος. οἳ καὶ πλείους τῆς ἐκκλησίας περιέλκοντες ἐπὶ τὸ σφῶν ὑπῆγον βούλημα, θάτερος ἰδίως περὶ τὴν ἀλήθειαν νεωτερίζειν πειρώμενος.

5.16.1 The Circumstances related of Montanus and his False Prophets

1. Against the so-called Phrygian heresy, the power which always contends for the truth raised up a strong and invincible weapon, Apolinarius of Hierapolis, whom we have mentioned before, and with him many other men of ability, by whom abundant material for our history has been left.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 3] Πρὸς μὲν οὖν τὴν λεγομένην κατὰ Φρύγας αἵρεσιν ὅπλον ἰσχυρὸν καὶ ἀκαταγώνιστον ἐπὶ τῆς Ἱεραπόλεως τὸν Ἀπολινάριον, οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν μνήμην ὁ λόγος πεποίητο, ἄλλους τε σὺν αὐτῷ πλείους τῶν τηνικάδε λογίων ἀνδρῶν ἡ τῆς ἀληθείας ὑπέρμαχος ἀνίστη δύναμις, ἐξ ὧν καὶ ἡμῖν ἱστορίας πλείστη τις ὑπόθεσις καταλέλειπται.

5.16.2

2. A certain one of these, in the beginning of his work against them, first intimates that he had contended with them in oral controversies.

ἀρχόμενος γοῦν τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτῶν γραφῆς τῶν εἰρημένων δή τις πρῶτον ἐπισημαίνεται, ὡς καὶ ἀγράφοις τοῖς κατ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπεξέλθοι ἐλέγχοις. προοιμιά- ζεται γοῦν τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον

5.16.3

3. He commences his work in this manner:

“Having for a very long and sufficient time, O beloved Avircius Marcellus, been urged by you to write a treatise against the heresy of those who are called after Miltiades, I have hesitated till the present time, not through lack of ability to refute the falsehood or bear testimony for the truth, but from fear and apprehension that I might seem to some to be making additions to the doctrines or precepts of the Gospel of the New Testament, which it is impossible for one who has chosen to live according to the Gospel, either to increase or to diminish.

“ἐκ πλείστου ὅσου “καὶ ἱκανωτάτου χρόνου, ἀγαπητὲ Ἀουίρκιε Μάρ- “κελλε, ἐπιταχθεὶς ὑπὸ σοῦ συγγράψαι τινὰ λόγον “εἰς τὴν τῶν κατὰ Μιλτιάδην λεγομένων αἵρεσιν, “ἐφεκτικώτερόν πως μέχρι νῦν διεκείμην, οὐκ ἀπο- “ρίᾳ τοῦ δύνασθαι ἐλέγχειν μὲν τὸ ψεῦδος, μαρτυ- “ρεῖν δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ, δεδιὼς δὲ καὶ ἐξευλαβούμενος “μή πη δόξω τισὶν ἐπισυγγράφειν ἢ ἐπιδιατάσσεσθαι “τῷ τῆς τοῦ εὐαγγελίου καινῆς διαθήκης λόγῳ, ᾧ “μήτε προσθεῖναι μήτ᾿ ἀφελεῖν δυνατὸν τῷ κατὰ τὸ “εὐαγγέλιον αὐτὸ πολιτεύεσθαι προῃρημένῳ.

5.16.4

4. But being recently in Ancyra in Galatia, I found the church there greatly agitated by this novelty, not prophecy, as they call it, but rather false prophecy, as will be shown. Therefore, to the best of our ability, with the Lord’s help, we disputed in the church many days concerning these and other matters separately brought forward by them, so that the church rejoiced and was strengthened in the truth, and those of the opposite side were for the time confounded, and the adversaries were grieved.

προσ- “φάτως δὲ γενόμενος ἐν Ἀγκύρᾳ τῆς Γαλατίας, καὶ “καταλαβὼν τὴν κατὰ Πόντον ἐκκλησίαν ὑπὸ τῆς “νέας ταύτης, οὐχ, ὡς αὐτοί φασι, προφητείας, πολὺ “δὲ μᾶλλον, ὡς δειχθήσεται, ψευδοπροφητείας δια- “τεθρυλημἐνην, καθ᾿ ὅσον δυνατὸν, τοῦ κυρίου πα- “ρασχόντος, περὶ αὐτῶν τε τούτων καὶ τῶν προτει- “νομένων ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἕκαςά τε διελέχθημεν ἡμέραις “πλείοσιν ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησία, ὡς τὴν μὲν ἐκκλησίαν “ἀγαλλιασθῆναι καὶ πρὸς τὴν ἀλήθειαν ἐπιρρωσθῆ- “ναι, τοὺς δ᾿ ἐξ ἐναντίας πρὸς τὸ παρὸν ἀποκρουσθῆ- “ναι, καὶ τοὺς ἀντιθέους λυπηθῆναι.

5.16.5

5. The presbyters in the place, our fellow-presbyter Zoticus of Otrous also being present, requested us to leave a record of what had been said against the opposers of the truth. We did not do this, but we promised to write it out as soon as the Lord permitted us, and to send it to them speedily.”

ἀξιούντων “οὖν τῶν κατὰ τόπον πρεσβυτέρων, ὅπως τῶν λε- “χθέντων κατὰ τῶν ἀντιδιατιθεμένων τῷ τῆς ἀλη- “θείας λόγῳ ὑπόμνημά τι καταλίπωμεν, παρόντος καὶ “τοῦ συμπρεσβυτέρου ἡμῶν Ζωτικοῦ τοῦ Ὀτρηνοῦ, “τοῦτο μὲν οὐκ ἐπράξαμεν, ἐπηγγειλάμεθα δὲ, ἐν- “θάδε γράψαντες τοῦ κυρίου διδόντος διὰ σπουδῆς “πέμψειν αὐτοῖς.”

5.16.6

6. Having said this with other things, in the beginning of his work, he proceeds to state the cause of the above-mentioned heresy as follows:

“Their opposition and their recent heresy which has separated them from the Church arose on the following account.

ταῦτα καὶ ἑξῆς τούτοις ἕτερα κατ᾿ ἀρχὰς εἰπὼν τοῦ λόγου, τὸν αἴτιον τῆς δηλουμένης αἱρέσεως προϊὼν τοῦτον ἀνιστορεῖ τὸν τρόπον “ἡ τοίνυν ἔνστασις αὐτῶν καὶ ἡ πρόσφατος τοῦ ἀπο- “σχίσματος αἵρεσις πρὸς τὴν ἐκκλησίαν τὴν αἰτία “ἔσχε τοιαύτην.

5.16.7

7. There is said to be a certain village called Ardabau in that part of Mysia, which borders upon Phrygia. There first, they say, when Gratus was proconsul of Asia, a recent convert, Montanus by name, through his unquenchable desire for leadership, gave the adversary opportunity against him. And he became beside himself, and being suddenly in a sort of frenzy and ecstasy, he raved, and began to babble and utter strange things, prophesying in a manner contrary to the constant custom of the Church handed down by tradition from the beginning.

κώμη τις εἶναι λέγεται ἐν τῇ κατὰ “τὴν Φρυγίαν Μυσίᾳ, καλουμένη Ἀρδαβαῦ τοὔνομα· “ἔνθα φασί τινα τῶν νεοπίστων πρώτως, Μοντανὸν “τοὔνομα, κατὰ Γρᾶτον Ἀσίας ἀνθύπατον, ἐν ἀπιθυμίᾳ “ψυχῆς ἀμέτρῳ φιλοπρωτείας δόντα πάροδον εἰς “ἑαυτὸν τῷ ἀντικειμένῳ πνευματοφορηθῆναί τε καὶ “αἰφνιδίως ἐν κατοχῇ τινι καὶ παρεκστάσει γενόμενον “ἐνθουσιᾶν ἄρξασθαί τε λαλεῖν καὶ ξενοφωνεῖν, “παρὰ τὸ κατὰ παράδοσιν καὶ κατὰ διαδοχὴν ἄνωθεν “τῆς ἐκκλησίας ἔθος δῆθεν προφητεύοντα.

5.16.8

8. Some of those who heard his spurious utterances at that time were indignant, and they rebuked him as one that was possessed, and that was under the control of a demon, and was led by a deceitful spirit, and was distracting the multitude; and they forbade him to talk, remembering the distinction drawn by the Lord and his warning to guard watchfully against the coming of false prophets. But others imagining themselves possessed of the Holy Spirit and of a prophetic gift, were elated and not a little puffed up; and forgetting the distinction of the Lord, they challenged the mad and insidious and seducing spirit, and were cheated and deceived by him. In consequence of this, he could no longer be held in check, so as to keep silence.

τῶν δὲ “κατ’ ἐκεῖνο καιροῦ ἐν τῇ τῶν νόθων ἐκφωνημάτων “ἀκροάσει γενομένων οἶ μὲν ὡς ἐπὶ ἐνεργουμένῳ καὶ “δαιμονῶντι καὶ ἐν πλάνης πνεύματι ὑπάρχοντι καὶ “τοὺς ὄχλους ταράττοντι ἀχθόμενοι ἐπετίμων καὶ λαλεῖν “ἐκώλυον, μεμνημένοι τῆς τοῦ κυρίου διαστολῆς “τε καὶ ἀπειλῆς πρὸς τὸ φυλάττεσθαι τὴν τῶν “ψευδοπροφητῶν ἐγρηγορότως παρουσίαν· οἱ δὲ ὡς “ἁγίῳ πνεύματι καὶ προφητικῷ χαρίσματι ἐπαιρόμενοι “καὶ οὐχ ἥκιςα χαυνούμενοι, καὶ τῆς “τοῦ κυρίου ἐπιλανθανόμενοι, τὸ βλαψίφρον καὶ ὑποκοριστικὸν “καὶ λαοπλάνον πνεῦμα προυκαλοῦντο, “θελγόμενοι καὶ πλανώμενοι ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ, εἰς τὸ μηκέτι “κωλύεσθαι σιωπᾶν.

5.16.9

9. Thus by artifice, or rather by such a system of wicked craft, the devil, devising destruction for the disobedient, and being unworthily honored by them, secretly excited and inflamed their understandings which had already become estranged from the true faith. And he stirred up besides two women, and filled them with the false spirit, so that they talked wildly and unreasonably and strangely, like the person already mentioned. And the spirit pronounced them blessed as they rejoiced and gloried in him, and puffed them up by the magnitude of his promises. But sometimes he rebuked them openly in a wise and faithful manner, that he might seem to be a reprover. But those of the Phrygians that were deceived were few in number.

“And the arrogant spirit taught them to revile the entire universal Church under heaven, because the spirit of false prophecy received neither honor from it nor entrance into it.

τέχνῃ δέ τινι, μᾶλλον “δὲ τοιαύτῃ μεθόδῳ κακοτεχνίας ὁ διάβολος τὴν κατὰ “τῶν παρηκόων ἀπώλειαν μηχανησάμενος, καὶ παρ’ “ἀξίαν ὑπ’ αὐτῶν τιμώμενος, ὑπεξήγειρέ τε καὶ προσεξέκαυσεν “αὐτῶν τὴν ἀποκεκοιμημένην ἀπὸ τῆς κατ’ “ἀλήθειαν πίστεως διάνοιαν, ὡς καὶ ἑτέρας τινὰς δύο “γυναῖκας ἐπεγεῖραι καὶ τοῦ νόθου πνεύματος πληρῶσαι, “ὡς καὶ λαλεῖν ἐκφρόνως καὶ ἀκαίρως καὶ “ἀλλοτριοτρόπως , ὁμοίως τῷ προειρημένῳ, καὶ τοὺς “μὲν χαίροντας καὶ χαυνουμένους ἐπ᾿ αὐτῷ μακαρί- “ζοντος τοῦ πνεύματος, καὶ διὰ τοῦ μεγέθους τῶν “ἐπαγγελμάτων ἐκφυσιοῦντος, ἔσθ᾿ ὅπη δὲ καὶ κα- “τακρίνοντος στοχαστικῶς καὶ ἀξιοπίστως αὐτοὺς “ἄντικρυς, ἵνα καὶ ἐλεγκτικὸν εἶναι δοκῇ, (ὀλίγοι δ᾿ “ἦσαν οὗτοι τῶν Φρυγῶν ἐξηπατημένοι), τὴν δὲ κα- “θόλου καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν ἐκκλησίαν “βλασφημεῖν διδάσκοντος τοῦ ἀπηυθαδισμένου πνεύ- “ματος, ὅτι μήτε τιμὴν μήτε πάροδον εἰς αὐτὴν τὸ “ψευδοπροφητικὸν ἐλάμβανε πνεῦμα.

5.16.10

10. For the faithful in Asia met often in many places throughout Asia to consider this matter, and examined the novel utterances and pronounced them profane, and rejected the heresy, and thus these persons were expelled from the Church and debarred from communion.”

τῶν γὰρ “κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν πιστῶν πολλάκις καὶ πολλαχῆ τῆς “Ἀσίας εἰς τοῦτο συνελθόντων, καὶ τοὺς προσφάτους “λόγους ἐξετασάντων καὶ βεβήλους ἀποφηνάντων καὶ “ἀποδοκιμασάντων τὴν αἵρεσιν, οὕτω δὴ τῆς τε ἐκ- “κλησίας ἐξεώσθησαν καὶ τῆς κοινωνίας εἴρχθη- “σαν.”

5.16.11

11. Having related these things at the outset, and continued the refutation of their delusion through his entire work, in the second book he speaks as follows of their end:

ταῦτα ἐν πρώτοις ἱστορήσας, καὶ δι᾿ ὅλου τοῦ συγγράμματος τὸν ἔλεγχον τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς πλάνης ἐπαγαγὼν, ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ περὶ τῆς τελευτῆς τῶν προδεδηλωμένων ταῦτά φησιν

5.16.12

12. “Since, therefore, they called us slayers of the prophets because we did not receive their loquacious prophets, who, they say, are those that the Lord promised to send to the people, let them answer as in God’s presence: Who is there, O friends, of these who began to talk, from Montanus and the women down, that was persecuted by the Jews, or slain by lawless men? None. Or has any of them been seized and crucified for the Name? Truly not. Or has one of these women ever been scourged in the synagogues of the Jews, or stoned? No; never anywhere.

“ἐπειδὴ τοί- “νυν καὶ προφητοφόντας ἡμᾶς ἀπεκάλουν, ὅτι μὴ “τοὺς ἀμετροφώνους αὐτῶν προφήτας ἐδεξάμεθα, “(τούτους γὰρ εἶναί φασιν, οὕσπερ ἐπηγγείλατο τῷ “λαῷ πέμψειν ὁ κύριος), ἀποκρινάσθωσαν ἡμῖν πρὸς “θεοῦ, ἔστι τις, ὦ βέλτιστοι, τούτων τῶν ἀπὸ Μον- “τανοῦ καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν λαλεῖν ἀρξαμένων, ὅστις “ὑπὸ Ἰουδαίων ἐδιώχθη ἢ ὑπὸ παρανόμων ἀπεκτάν- “θη; οὐδείς. οὐδέ γέ τις αὐτῶν κρατηθεὶς ὑπὲρ τοῦ “ὀνόματος ἀνεσταυρώθη. οὐ γὰρ οὖν. οὐδὲ μὴν “οὐδὲ ἐν συναγωγαῖς Ἰουδαίων τῶν γυναικῶν τις “ἐμαστιγώθη ποτὲ ἢ ἐλιθοβολήθη. οὐδαμόσε οὐδα- “μῶς.

5.16.13

13. But by another kind of death Montanus and Maximilla are said to have died. For the report is that, incited by the spirit of frenzy, they both hung themselves; not at the same time, but at the time which common report gives for the death of each. And thus they died, and ended their lives like the traitor Judas.

ἄλλῳ δὲ θανάτῳ τελευτῆσαι λέγονται Μον- “τανός τε καὶ Μαξίμιλλα. τούτους γὰρ ὑπὸ πνεύμα- “τος βλαψίφρονος ἑκατέρους ὑποκινήσαντος λόγος “ἀναρτῆσαι ἑαυτοὺς, οὐχ ὁμοῦ, κατὰ δὲ τὸν τῆς ἑκά- “στου τελευτῆς καιρὸν φήμη πολλὴ, καὶ οὕτω δὲ τε- “λευτῆσαι καὶ τὸν βίον καταστρέψαι Ἰούδα προδότου “δίκην.

5.16.14

14. So also, as general report says, that remarkable person, the first steward, as it were, of their so-called prophecy, one Theodotus—who, as if at sometime taken up and received into heaven, fell into trances, and entrusted himself to the deceitful spirit—was pitched like a quoit, and died miserably.

καθάπερ καὶ τὸν θαυμαστὸν ἐκεῖνον τὸν “πρῶτον τῆς κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς λεγομένης προφητείας οἷον “ἐπίτροπόν τινα Θεόδοτον πολὺς αἱρεῖ λόγος, ὡς αἰ- “ρόμενόν ποτε καὶ ἀναλαμβανόμενον εἰς οὐρανοὺς “παρεκστῆναί τε καὶ καταπιστεῦσαι ἑαυτὸν τῷ τῆς “ἀπάτης πνεύματι, καὶ δισκευθέντα κακῶς τελευτῆ- “σαι.

5.16.15

15. They say that these things happened in this manner. But as we did not see them, O friend, we do not pretend to know. Perhaps in such a manner, perhaps not, Montanus and Theodotus and the above-mentioned woman died.”

φασὶ γοῦν τοῦτο οὕτως γεγονέναι, ἀλλὰ “μὴ ἄνευ τοῦ ἰδεῖν ἡμᾶς ἐπίστασθαί τι τῶν τοιού- “των νομίζομεν, ὦ μακάριε. ἴσως μὲν γὰρ οὕτως, “ἴσως δὲ οὐχ οὕτως τετελευτήκασι Μοντανός τε καὶ “Θεόδοτος καὶ ἡ προειρημένη γυνή.”

5.16.16

16. He says again in the same book that the holy bishops of that time attempted to refute the spirit in Maximilla, but were prevented by others who plainly co-operated with the spirit.

αὖθις δ᾿ ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ φησι λόγῳ τοὺς τότε ἱεροὺς ἐπισκόπους πεπειρᾶσθαι μὲν τὸ ἐν τῇ Μαξιμίλλῃ πνεῦμα διελέγξαι, κεκωλύσθαι δὲ πρὸς ἑτέρων, συνεργούντων δηλαδὴ τῷ πνεύματι.

5.16.17

17. He writes as follows:

“And let not the spirit, in the same work of Asterius Urbanus, say through Maximilla, ‘I am driven away from the sheep like a wolf. I am not a wolf. I am word and spirit and power.’ But let him show clearly and prove the power in the spirit. And by the spirit let him compel those to confess him who were then present for the purpose of proving and reasoning with the talkative spirit,—those eminent men and bishops, Zoticus, from the village Comana, and Julian, from Apamea, whose mouths the followers of Themiso muzzled, refusing to permit the false and seductive spirit to be refuted by them.”

γράφει δὲ οὕτως “καὶ μὴ λε- “γέτω ἐν τῷ αὐτῷ λόγῳ τῷ κατὰ Ἀστέριον Οὐρβανὸν “τὸ διὰ Μαξιμίλλης πνεῦμα ῾διώκομαι ὡς λύκος ἐκ “προβάτων· οὐκ εἰμὶ λύκος· ῥῆμά εἰμι καὶ πνεῦμα καὶ “δύναμις᾿, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἐν τῷ πνεύματι δύναμιν ἐναργῶς “δειξάτω καὶ ἐλεγξάτω, καὶ ἐξομολογεῖσθαι διὰ τοῦ “πνεύματος καταναγκασάτω τοὺς τότε παρόντας εἰς “τὸ δοκιμάσαι καὶ διαλεχθῆναι τῷ πνεύματι λαλοῦντι, “ἄνδρας δοκίμους καὶ ἐπισκόπους, Ζωτικὸν ἀπὸ Κο- “μάνης κώμης καὶ Ἰουλιανὸν ἀπὸ Ἀπαμείας, ὧν οἱ “περὶ Θεμίσωνα τὰ στόματα φιμώσαντες οὐκ εἴασαν “τὸ ψευδὲς καὶ λαοπλάνον πνεῦμα ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐλεγ- “χθῆναι.”

5.16.18

18. Again in the same work, after saying other things in refutation of the false prophecies of Maximilla, he indicates the time when he wrote these accounts, and mentions her predictions in which she prophesied wars and anarchy. Their falsehood he censures in the following manner:

ἐν ταὐτῷ δὲ πάλιν ἕτερα μεταξὺ πρὸς ἔλεγχον τῶν τῆς Μαξιμίλλης ψευδοπροφητειῶν εἰ- πὼν, ὁμοῦ τόν τε χρόνον καθ᾿ ὃν ταῦτ᾿ ἔγραφε σημαίνει καὶ τῶν προρρήσεων αὐτῆς μέμνηται, δι᾿ ὧν πολέμους ἔσεσθαι καὶ ἀκαταστασίας προεμαντεύσατο, ὧν καὶ τὴν ψευδολογίαν εὐθύνει ὧδε λέγων

5.16.19

19. “And has not this been shown clearly to be false? For it is to-day more than thirteen years since the woman died, and there has been neither a partial nor general war in the world; but rather, through the mercy of God, continued peace even to the Christians.” These things are taken from the second book.

“καὶ “πῶς οὐ καταφανὲς ἤδη γέγονε καὶ τοῦτο τὸ ψεῦδος; “πλείω γὰρ ἢ τρισκαίδεκα ἔτη εἰς ταύτην τὴν ἡμέ- “ραν, ἐξ οὗ τετελεύτηκεν ἡ γυνὴ, καὶ οὔτε μερικὸς “οὔτε καθολικὸς κόσμῳ γέγονε πόλεμος, ἀλλὰ καὶ “Χριστιανοῖς μᾶλλον εἰρήνη διάμονος ἐξ ἐλέου θεοῦ”. καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ἐκ τοῦ δευτέρου συγγράμματος

5.16.20

20. I will add also short extracts from the third book, in which he speaks thus against their boasts that many of them had suffered martyrdom:

“When therefore they are at a loss, being refuted in all that they say, they try to take refuge in their martyrs, alleging that they have many martyrs, and that this is sure evidence of the power of the so-called prophetic spirit that is with them. But this, as it appears, is entirely fallacious.

καὶ ἀπὸ τοῦ τρίτου δὲ σμικρὰς παραθήσομαι λέξεις, δι᾿ ὧν πρὸς τοὺς αὐχοῦντας, ὡς ἄρα πλείους καὶ αὐτῶν μεμαρτυρηκότες εἶεν, ταῦτά φησιν “ὅταν τοίνυν ἐν “πᾶσι τοῖς εἰρημένοις ἐλεγχθέντες ἀπορήσωσιν, ἐπὶ “τοὺς μάρτυρας πειρῶνται καταφεύγειν, λέγοντες “πολλοὺς ἔχειν μάρτυρας, καὶ τοῦτο εἶναι τεκμήριον “πιστὸν τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς λεγομένου “προφητικοῦ πνεύματος. τὸ δ᾿ ἔστιν ἄρα, ὡς ἔοικε, “παντὸς μᾶλλον οὐκ ἀληθές.

5.16.21

21. For some of the heresies have a great many martyrs; but surely we shall not on that account agree with them or confess that they hold the truth. And first, indeed, those called Marcionites, from the heresy of Marcion, say that they have a multitude of martyrs for Christ; yet they do not confess Christ himself in truth.”

A little farther on he continues:

καὶ γὰρ τῶν ἄλλων “αἱρέσεών τινες πλείστους ὅσους ἔχουσι μάρτυρας, “καὶ οὐ παρὰ τοῦτο δήπου συγκαταθησόμεθα, οὐδὲ “ἀλήθειαν ἔχειν αὐτοὺς ὁμολογήσομεν. καὶ πρῶτοί “γε οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Μαρκίωνος αἱρέσεως Μαρκιωνισταὶ “καλούμενοι πλείστους ὅσους ἔχειν Χριστοῦ μάρτυ- “ρας λέγουσιν, ἀλλὰ τόν γε Χριστὸν αὐτὸν κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν οὐχ ὁμολογοῦσι.” καὶ μετὰ βραχέα τούτοις ἐπιφέρει λέγων

5.16.22

22. “When those called to martyrdom from the Church for the truth of the faith have met with any of the so-called martyrs of the Phrygian heresy, they have separated from them, and died without any fellowship with them, because they did not wish to give their assent to the spirit of Montanus and the women. And that this is true and took place in our own time in Apamea on the Mæander, among those who suffered martyrdom with Gaius and Alexander of Eumenia, is well known.”

“ὅθεν τοι καὶ ἐπειδὰν οἱ ἐπὶ τὸ “τῆς κατ᾿ ἀλήθειαν πίστεως μαρτύριον κληθέντες “ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τύχωσι μετά τινων τῶν ἀπὸ τῆς “τῶν Φρυγῶν αἱρέσεως λεγομένων μαρτύρων, δια- “φέρονταί τε πρὸς αὐτοὺς καὶ μὴ κοινωνήσαντες αὐ- “τοῖς τελειοῦνται, διὰ τὸ μὴ βούλεσθαι συγκαταθέ- “συαι τῷ διὰ Μοντανοῦ καὶ τῶν γυναικῶν πνεύ- “ματι. καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο ἀληθὲς καὶ ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων “χρόνων ἐν Ἀπαμείᾳ τῇ πρὸς Μαιάνδρῳ τυγχάνει “γεγενημένον ἐν τοῖς περὶ Γάϊον καὶ Ἀλέξανδρον “ἀπὸ Εὐμενείας μαρτυρήσασι πρόδηλον.”

5.17.1 Miltiades and His Works

1. In this work he mentions a writer, Miltiades, stating that he also wrote a certain book against the above-mentioned heresy. After quoting some of their words, he adds:

“Having found these things in a certain work of theirs in opposition to the work of the brother Alcibiades, in which he shows that a prophet ought not to speak in ecstasy, I made an abridgment.”

[Nic. H. E. IV, 4] Ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τῷ συγγράμματι καὶ Μιλτιάδου συγγραφέως μέμνηται, ὡς λόγον τινὰ καὶ αὐτοῦ κατὰ τῆς προειρημένης αἱρέσεως γεγραφότος. παραθἑμενος γοῦν αὐτῶν λέξεις τινὰς ἐπιφέρει λέγων “ταῦτα εὑρὼν ἔν τινι συγγράμ- “ματι αὐτῶν ἐνισταμένων τῷ Μιλτιάδου τοῦ ἀδελ- “φοῦ συγγράμματι, ἐν ᾧ ἀποδείκνυσι περὶ τοῦ μὴ “δεῖς προφήτην ἐν ἐκστάσει λαλεῖν, ἐπετεμόμην.”

5.17.2

2. A little further on in the same work he gives a list of those who prophesied under the new covenant, among whom he enumerates a certain Ammia and Quadratus, saying:

“But the false prophet falls into an ecstasy, in which he is without shame or fear. Beginning with purposed ignorance, he passes on, as has been stated, to involuntary madness of soul.

ὑποκαταβὰς δὲ ἐν αὐτῷ τοὺς κατὰ τὴν καινὴν διαθήκην προπεφητευκότας καταλέγει, ἐν οἷς καταριθμεῖ Ἀμμίαν τινὰ καὶ Κοδρᾶτον, λέγων οὕτως “ἀλλ᾿ ὅ γε ψευδοπροφήτης ἐν παρεκστάσει, ᾧ ἕπεται “ἄδεια καὶ ἀφοβία, ἀρχόμενος μὲν ἐξ ἑκουσίου ἀμα- “θίας, καταστρέφων δὲ εἰς ἀκούσιον μανίαν ψυχῆς, “ὡς προείρηται.

5.17.3

3. They cannot show that one of the old or one of the new prophets was thus carried away in spirit. Neither can they boast of Agabus, or Judas, or Silas, or the daughters of Philip, or Ammia in Philadelphia, or Quadratus, or any others not belonging to them.”

τοῦτον δὲ τὸν τρόπον οὔτε τινὰ “τῶν κατὰ τὴν παλαιὰν, οὕτε τῶν κατὰ τὴν καινὴν “πνευματοφορηθέντα προφήτην δεῖξαι δυνήσονται, “οὔτε Ἄγαβον, οὔτε Ἰούδαν, οὔτε Σίλαν, οὔτε τὰς “Φιλίππου θυγατέρας, οὔτε τὴν ἐν Φιλαδελφείᾳ Ἀμ- “μίαν, οὔτε Κοδρᾶτον, οὔτε γε δή τινας ἄλλους μη- “δὲν αὐτοῖς προσήκοντας καυχήσονται.”

5.17.4

4. And again after a little he says: “For if after Quadratus and Ammia in Philadelphia, as they assert, the women with Montanus received the prophetic gift, let them show who among them received it from Montanus and the women. For the apostle thought it necessary that the prophetic gift should continue in all the Church until the final coming. But they cannot show it, though this is the fourteenth year since the death of Maximilla.”

καὶ αὖθις δὲ μετὰ βραχέα ταῦτά φησιν “εἰ γὰρ μετὰ “Κοδρᾶτον καὶ τὴν ἐν Φιλαδελφείᾳ Ἀμμίαν, ὥς φα- “σιν, αἱ περὶ Μοντανὸν διεδεξαντο γυναῖκες τὸ προ- “φητικὸν χάρισμα, τοὺς ἀπὸ Μοντανοῦ καὶ τῶν γυ- “ναικῶν τίνες παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς διεδέξαντο δειξάτωσαν· “δεῖν γὰρ εἶναι τὸ προφητικὸν χάρισμα ἐν πάσῃ τῇ “ἐκκλησίᾳ μέχρι τῆς τελείας παρουσίας ὁ ἀπόστολος “ἀξιοῖ· ἀλλ’ οὐκ ἂν ἔχοιεν δεῖξαι “τον ἤδη που τοῦτο ἔτος ἀπὸ τῆς Μαξιμίλλης “τῆς.”

5.17.5

5. He writes thus. But the Miltiades to whom he refers has left other monuments of his own zeal for the Divine Scriptures, in the discourses which he composed against the Greeks and against the Jews, answering each of them separately in two books. And in addition he addresses an apology to the earthly rulers, in behalf of the philosophy which he embraced.

οὗτος μὲν δὴ τοσαῦτα. ὅ γέ τοι πρὸς δεδηλωμένος Μιλτιάδης καὶ ἄλλας ἡμῖν τῆς ἰδίας περὶ τὰ θεῖα λόγια σπουδῆς μνήμας καταλέλοιπεν, ἔν τε οἷς πρὸς Ἕλληνας συνέταξε λόγοις καὶ τοῖς πρὸς Ἰουδαίους, ἑκατέρᾳ ἰδίως ὑποθέσει ἐν δυσὶν ὑπαντήσας συγγράμμασιν. ἔτι δὲ καὶ πρὸς τοὺς κοσμικοὺς ἄρχοντας ὑπὲρ ἧς μετῄει φιλοσοφίας πεποίῃται ἀπολογίαν.

5.18.1 The Manner in which Apollonius refuted the Phrygians, and the Persons whom he Mentions

1. As the so-called Phrygian heresy was still flourishing in Phrygia in his time, Apollonius also, an ecclesiastical writer, undertook its refutation, and wrote a special work against it, correcting in detail the false prophecies current among them and reproving the life of the founders of the heresy. But hear his own words respecting Montanus:

[Nic. H. E. IV, 5] τῆς δὲ κατὰ Φρύγας καλουμένης αἱρέσεως καὶ Ἀπολλών·ιος, ἀκκλησιαστικὸς συγγραφεὺς, ἀκμαζούσης εἰσέτι τότε κατὰ τὴν Φρυγίαν ἔλεγχον ἐνστησάμενος ἴδιον κατ’ αὐτῶν πεποίηται σύγγραμμα, τὰς μὲν φερομένας ἀυτῶν προφητείας ψευδεῖς οὔσας κατὰ λέξιν εὐθύνων, τὸν δὲ βίον τῶν τῆς αἱρέσεως ἀρχηγῶν ὁποῖός τις γέγονε διελέγχων. αὐτοῖς δὲ ῥήμασι περὶ τοῦ Μοντανοῦ ταῦτα λέγοντος ἄκουε

5.18.2

2. “His actions and his teaching show who this new teacher is. This is he who taught the dissolution of marriage; who made laws for fasting; who named Pepuza and Tymion, small towns in Phrygia, Jerusalem, wishing to gather people to them from all directions; who appointed collectors of money; who contrived the receiving of gifts under the name of offerings; who provided salaries for those who preached his doctrine, that its teaching might prevail through gluttony.”

“ἀλλὰ τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ “πρόσφατος διδάσκαλος τὰ ἔργα αὐτοῦ καὶ ἡ διδα- “σκαλία δείκνυσιν. οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ διδάξας λύσεις “γάμων, ὁ νηστείας νομοθετήσας, ὁ Πἐπουζαν καὶ Τύμιον Ἰερουσαλὴμ ὀνομάσας πόλεις δέ εἰσιν αὗ- ‘ται μικραὶ τῆς Φρυγίας), τοὺς πανταχόθεν ἐκεῖ ῾συναγαγεῖν ἐθέλων, ὁ πρακτῆρας χρημάτων ‘στήσας, ὁ ἐπ’ ὀνόματι προσφορῶν τὴν δωροληψίαν “ἐπιτεχνώμενος, ὁ σαλάρια χορηγῶν τοῖς κηρύττου- “σιν αὐτοῦ τὸν λόγον, ἵνα διὰ τῆς γαστριμαργίας ἡ διδασκαλία τοῦ λόγου κρατύνηται.’’

5.18.3

3. He writes thus concerning Montanus; and a little farther on he writes as follows concerning his prophetesses: “We show that these first prophetesses themselves, as soon as they were filled with the Spirit, abandoned their husbands. How falsely therefore they speak who call Prisca a virgin.”

καὶ ταῦτα μὲν περὶ τοῦ Μοντανοῦ· καὶ περὶ τῶν προφητίδων δὲ αὐτοῦ ὑποκαταβὰς οὕτω γράφει “δείκνυμεν οὑν “αὐτὰς πρώτας τὰς προφήτιδας ταύτας, ἀφ’ οὑ τοῦ “πνεύματος ἐπληρώθησαν, τοὺς ἄνδρας καταλιπού- “σας. πῶς οὖν ἐψεύδοντο Πρίσκον. παρθένον “καλοῦντες;” εἶτ’ ἐπιφέρει λέγων

5.18.4

4. Afterwards he says: “Does not all Scripture seem to you to forbid a prophet to receive gifts and money? When therefore I see the prophetess receiving gold and silver and costly garments, how can I avoid reproving her?”

“δοκεῖ σοι “γραφὴ κωλύειν προφήτην λαμβάνειν δῶρα καὶ χρή- “ματα; ὅταν οὖν ἴδω τὴν προφῆτιν εἰληφυῖαν “χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ πολυτελεῖς ἐσθῆτας, πῶς “ αὐτὴν μὴ παραιτήσωμαι;’’

5.18.5

5. And again a little farther on he speaks thus concerning one of their confessors:

“So also Themiso, who was clothed with plausible covetousness, could not endure the sign of confession, but threw aside bonds for an abundance of possessions. Yet, though he should have been humble on this account, he dared to boast as a martyr, and in imitation of the apostle, he wrote a certain catholic epistle, to instruct those whose faith was better than his own, contending for words of empty sound, and blaspheming against the Lord and the apostles and the holy Church.”

αὖθις δὲ ὑποκαταβὰς περί τινος τῶν κατ’ αὐτοὺς ὁμολογητῶν ταῦτά φησιν “ἔτι δὲ καὶ Θεμίσων, ὁ τὴν ἀξιόπιστον πλεονεξίαν ἠμφιεσμένος, ὁ μὴ βαστάσας τῆς ὁμολογίας τὸ “σημεῖον, ἀλλὰ πλήθει χρημάτων ἀποθέμενος “δεσμὰ, δέον ἐπὶ τούτῳ ταπεινοφρονεῖν, ὡς μάρτυς “καυχώμενος ἐτόλμησε, μιμούμενος τὸν ἀπόστολον, “καθολικήν τινα συνταξάμενος ἐπιστολὴν κατηχεῖν “μὲν τοὺς ἄμεινον αὐτοῦ πεπιστευκότας, “ζεσθαι δὲ τοῖς τῆς κενοφωνίας λόγοις, βλασφημῆσαι δὲ εἰς τὸν κύριον καὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους καὶ τὴν ἁγίαν ἐκκλησίαν.

5.18.6

6. And again concerning others of those honored among them as martyrs, he writes as follows:

“Not to speak of many, let the prophetess herself tell us of Alexander, who called himself a martyr, with whom she is in the habit of banqueting, and who is worshiped by many. We need not mention his robberies and other daring deeds for which he was punished, but the archives contain them.

καὶ περὶ ἑτέρων δὲ αὖθις τῶν κατ’ αὐτοὺς τετιμημένων ὡς δὴ μαρτύρων οὕτω γράφει ἵνα δὲ μὴ περὶ πλειόνων λέγωμεν, ἡ προφῆτις ἡμῖν εἰπάτω τὰ κατὰ Ἀλέξανδρον τὸν λέγοντα ἑαυτὸν μάρτυρα, ᾧ συνεστιᾶται, ᾧ προσκυνοῦσι καὶ αὐτῷ πολλοὶ, οὗ τὰς λῃστείας καὶ τὰ ἄλλα τολμή- μάτα, ἐφ’ οἶς κεκόλασται, οὐχ ἡμὰς δεῖ λέγειν, ἀλλὰ ὁ ὀπισθόδομος ἔχει.

5.18.7

7. Which of these forgives the sins of the other? Does the prophet the robberies of the martyr, or the martyr the covetousness of the prophet? For although the Lord said, ‘Provide neither gold, nor silver, neither two coats,’ these men, in complete opposition, transgress in respect to the possession of the forbidden things. For we will show that those whom they call prophets and martyrs gather their gain not only from rich men, but also from the poor, and orphans, and widows.

τίς οὖν τίνι χαρίζεται τὰ ἁμαρτήματα; πότερον ὁ προφήτης τὰς λῃστείας τῷ μάρτυρι, ἢ ὁ μάρτυς τῷ προφήτῃ τὰς πλεονεξίας; εἰρηκότος γὰρ τοῦ κυρίου ‘μὴ κτήσησθε χρυσὸν μήτε ἄργυρον μήτε δύο χιτῶνας οὗτοι πᾶν τοὐναν- “τίον πεπλημμελήκασι περὶ τὰς τούτων τῶν ἀπηγο- “ρευμένων κτήσεις. δείξομεν γὰρ τοὺς λεγομένους “παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς προφήτας καὶ μάρτυρας μὴ μόνον “πλουσίων, ἀλλὰ καὶ παρὰ πτωχῶν καὶ ὀρφανῶν καὶ “χηρῶν κερματιζομένους.

5.18.8

8. But if they are confident, let them stand up and discuss these matters, that if convicted they may hereafter cease transgressing. For the fruits of the prophet must be tried; ‘for the tree is known by its fruit.’

καὶ εἰ πεποίθησιν ἔχου- “σιν, στήτωσαν ἐν τούτῳ, καὶ διορισάσθωσαν “τούτοις, ἵνα ἐὰν ἐλεγχθῶσι, κἂν τοῦ λοιποῦ παύ- “σωνται πλημμελοῦντες· δεῖ γὰρ τοὺς καρποὺς δο- “κιμάζεσθαι τοῦ προφήτου, ἀπὸ γὰρ τοῦ καρποῦ τὸ “ ξύλον γινώσκεται.

5.18.9

9. But that those who wish may know concerning Alexander, he was tried by Æmilius Frontinus, proconsul at Ephesus; not on account of the Name, but for the robberies which he had committed, being already an apostate. Afterwards, having falsely declared for the name of the Lord, he was released, having deceived the faithful that were there. And his own parish, from which he came, did not receive him, because he was a robber. Those who wish to learn about him have the public records of Asia. And yet the prophet with whom he spent many years knows nothing about him!

ἔνα δὲ τοῖς βουλομένοις τὰ “κατὰ Ἀλέξανδρον ᾖ γνώριμα, κέκριται ὑπὸ Αἰμιλίου “Φροντίνου ἀνθυπάτου ἐν Ἐφέσω, οὐ διὰ τὸ ὄνομα, ‘ἀλλὰ δι’ ἃς ἐτόλμησε λῃστείας, ὢν ἤδη παραβάτης· εἶτα ἐπιψευσάμενος τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ κυρίου ἀπολἐ- “λυταὶ, πλανήσας τοὺς ἐκεῖ πιστούς· καὶ ἡ ἰδία πα- ‘ροικία αὐτὸν, ὅθεν ἦν, οὐκ ἐδέξατο, διὰ τὸ “αὐτὸν λῃστήν. καὶ οἱ θέλοντες μαθεῖν τὰ κατ’ αὐ- “τὸν ἔχουσι τὸ τῆς Ἀσίας δημόσιον ἀρχεῖον.

5.18.10

10. Exposing him, through him we expose also the pretense of the prophet. We could show the same thing of many others. But if they are confident, let them endure the test.”

ὃν “ὁ προφήτης συνόντα πολλοῖς ἔτεσιν ἀγνοεῖ, “ἐλέγχοντες ἡμεῖς δι’ αὐτοῦ καὶ τὴν ὑπόστασιν ἐξελέγχομεν τοῦ προφήτου. τὸ ὅμοιον ἐπὶ πολλῶν δυ- “νάμεθα ἀποδεῖξαι, καὶ εἰ θαρροῦσιν, ὑπομεινάτω- “σαν τὸν ἔλεγχον.”

5.18.11

11. Again, in another part of his work he speaks as follows of the prophets of whom they boast:

“If they deny that their prophets have received gifts, let them acknowledge this: that if they are convicted of receiving them, they are not prophets. And we will bring a multitude of proofs of this. But it is necessary that all the fruits of a prophet should be examined. Tell me, does a prophet dye his hair? Does a prophet stain his eyelids? Does a prophet delight in adornment? Does a prophet play with tables and dice? Does a prophet lend on usury? Let them confess whether these things are lawful or not; but I will show that they have been done by them.”

πάλιν τε αὖ ἐν ἑτέρῳ τοῦ συγγράμματος περὶ ὧν αὐχοῦσι προφητῶν ἐπιλέγει ταῦτα “ἐὰν ἀρνῶνται δῶρα τοὺς προφήτας αὐτῶν εἰληφέναι, τοῦτο ὁμολογησάτωσαν, ὅτι ἐὰν “ἐλεγχθῶσιν εἰληφότες, οὐκ εἰσὶ προφῆται, καὶ μυρίας ἀποδείξεις τούτων παραστήσομεν. ἀναγκαῖον “δέ ἐστι πάντας καρποὺς δοκιμάζεσθαι προφήτης, εἰπέ μοι, βάπτεται; προφήτης στιβίζε- “ται; προφήτης φιλοκοσμεῖ; προφήτης τάβλαις “κύβοις παίζει; προφήτης δανείζει; ταῦτα ὁμολογη- “σάτωσαν πότερον ἔξεστιν ἢ μὴ, ἐγὼ δὲ ὅτι γέγονε “παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς δείξω.’’

5.18.12

12. This same Apollonius states in the same work that, at the time of his writing, it was the fortieth year since Montanus had begun his pretended prophecy.

ὁ δ’ αὐτὸς οὗτος κατὰ τὸ αὐτὸ σύγγραμμα ἱστορεῖ ὡς ἄρα τεσσαρακοστὸν ἐτύγχανεν ἔτος ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ συγγράμματος αὐτοῦ γραφὴν, ἐξ οὗ τῷ προσποιήτῳ αὐτοῦ προφητείᾳ ὁ Μοντανὸς ἐπικεχείρηκε.

5.18.13

13. And he says also that Zoticus, who was mentioned by the former writer, when Maximilla was pretending to prophesy in Pepuza, resisted her and endeavored to refute the spirit that was working in her; but was prevented by those who agreed with her. He mentions also a certain Thraseas among the martyrs of that time.

He speaks, moreover, of a tradition that the Saviour commanded his apostles not to depart from Jerusalem for twelve years. He uses testimonies also from the Revelation of John, and he relates that a dead man had, through the Divine power, been raised by John himself in Ephesus. He also adds other things by which he fully and abundantly exposes the error of the heresy of which we have been speaking. These are the matters recorded by Apollonius.

καὶ πάλιν φησὶν ὡς ἄρα Ζωτικὸς, οὗ καὶ ὁ πρότερος συγγραφεὺς ἐμνημόνευσεν, ἐν Πεπούζοις προφητεύειν δὴ προσποιουμένης τῆς Μαξιμίλλης ἐπιστὰς διελέγξαι τὸ ἐνεργοῦν ἐν αὐτῇ πνεῦμα πεπείραται, ἐκωλύθη γε μὴν πρὸς τῶν τὰ ἐκείνης φρονούντων. καὶ Θρασέα δέ τινος τῶν τότε μαρτύρων μνημονεύει.

5.19.1 Serapion on the Heresy of the Phrygians

1. Serapion, who, as report says, succeeded Maximinus at that time as bishop of the church of Antioch, mentions the works of Apolinarius against the above-mentioned heresy. And he alludes to him in a private letter to Caricus and Pontius, in which he himself exposes the same heresy, and adds the following words:

[Nic. H. E. IV, 7] Τῶν δὲ Ἀπολιναρίου κατὰ τῆς δηλωθείσης αἱρέσεως μνήμην πεποίηται Σαραπίων, ὃν ἐπὶ τῶν δηλουμένων χρόνων μετὰ Μαξιμῖνον ἐπίσκοπον τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας γενέσθαι κατέχει λόγος. μέμνηται δὲ αὐτοῦ ἐν ἰδίᾳ ἐπιστολῇ τῇ πρὸς Καρικὸν καὶ Πόντιον, ἐν ᾗ διευθύνων καὶ αὐτὸς τὴν αὐτὴν αἵρεσιν ἐπιλέγει ταῦτα

5.19.2

2. “That you may see that the doings of this lying band of the new prophecy, so called, are an abomination to all the brotherhood throughout the world, I have sent you writings of the most blessed Claudius Apolinarius, bishop of Hierapolis in Asia.”

“ὅπως δὲ καὶ τοῦτο ἴδητε, ὅτι τῆς ψευδοῦς ταύ- “τῆς τάξεως τῆς ἐπικαλουμένης νέας προφητείας “ἐβδέλυκται ἡ ἐνέργεια παρὰ πάσῃ τῇ ἐν κόσμῳ ἀδελφότητι, πέπομφα ὑμῖν καὶ Κλαυδίου Ἀπολινα- ‘ρίου τοῦ μακαριωτάτου γενομένου ἐν Ἱεραπόλει τῆς ‘Ἀσίας ἐπισκόπου γράμματα.’’

5.19.3

3. In the same letter of Serapion the signatures of several bishops are found, one of whom subscribes himself as follows:

“I, Aurelius Cyrenius, a witness, pray for your health.”

And another in this manner:

“Ælius Publius Julius, bishop of Debeltum, a colony of Thrace. As God liveth in the heavens, the blessed Sotas in Anchialus desired to cast the demon out of Priscilla, but the hypocrites did not permit him.”

ἐν ταύτῃ δὲ τῇ τοῦ Σαραπίωνος ἐπιστολῇ καὶ ὑποσημειώσεις φέρονται διαφόρων ἐπισκόπων, ὧν ὁ μέν τις ὧδέ πως ὑποσεσημείωται “Αὐρήλιος Κυρήνιος μάρτυς ἐρρῶσθαι ὑμᾶς εὔχομαι” , ὁ δέ τις τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον “Αἴλιος Πούπλιος Ἰούλιος ἀπὸ Δεβελτοῦ κολωνίας τῆς Θρᾴ- κης ἐπίσκοπος· ζῇ ὁ θεὸς ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς, ὅτι Σωτᾶς ὁ μακάριος ὁ ἐν Ἀγχιάλῳ ἠθέλησε τὸν δαίμονα τὸν Πρισκίλλης ἐκβαλεῖν, καὶ οἶ ὑποκριταὶ οὐκ ἀφῆκαν.

5.19.4

4. And the autograph signatures of many other bishops who agreed with them are contained in the same letter.

So much for these persons.

καὶ ἄλλων δὲ πλειόνων τὸν ἀριθμὸν ἐπισκόπων συμψήφων τούτοις ἐν τοῖς δηλωθεῖσι γράμμασιν αὐτόγραφοι φέρονται σημειώσεις. καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τούτους ἦν τοιαῦτα.

5.20.1 The Writings of Irenæus against the Schismatics at Rome

1. Irenæus wrote several letters against those who were disturbing the sound ordinance of the Church at Rome. One of them was to Blastus On Schism; another to Florinus On Monarchy, or That God is not the Author of Evil. For Florinus seemed to be defending this opinion. And because he was being drawn away by the error of Valentinus, Irenæus wrote his work On the Ogdoad, in which he shows that he himself had been acquainted with the first successors of the apostles.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 0] Ἐξ ἐναντίας δὲ τῶν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης τὸν ὑγιῆ τῆς ἐκκλησίας θεσμὸν παραχαραττόντων, Εἰρήναιος διαφόρους ἐπιστολὰς συντάττει, τὴν μὲν ἐπιγράψας πρὸς Βλάστον περὶ σχίσματος, τὴν δὲ πρὸς Φλωρῖνον περὶ μοναρχίας ἢ περὶ τοῦ μὴ εἶναι τὸν θεὸν ποιητὴν κακῶν. ταύτης γάρ τοι τῆς γνώμης οὗτος ἐδόκει προασπίζειν· δι’ ὃν αὖθις ὑποσυρόμενον τῇ κατὰ Οὐαλεντῖνον πλάνῃ καὶ τὸ περὶ ὀγδοάδος συντάττεται τῷ Εἰρηναίῳ σπούδασμα, ἐν ᾧ καὶ ἐπισημαίνεται τὴν πρώτην τῶν ἀποστόλων κατειληφέναι ἑαυτὸν διαδοχήν.

5.20.2

2. At the close of the treatise we have found a most beautiful note which we are constrained to insert in this work. It runs as follows:

“I adjure thee who mayest copy this book, by our Lord Jesus Christ, and by his glorious advent when he comes to judge the living and the dead, to compare what thou shalt write, and correct it carefully by this manuscript, and also to write this adjuration, and place it in the copy.”

ἔνθα πρὸς τῷ τοῦ συγγράμματος τέλει χαριεστάτην αὐτοῦ σημείωσιν εὑρόντες ἀναγκαίως καὶ ταύτην τῇδε καταλέξομεν τῇ γραφῇ, τοῦτον ἔχουσαν τὸν τρόπον “ὁρκίζω σε τὸν μεταγραψόμενον τὸ βιβλίον τοῦτο κατὰ τοὐ κυρίου “ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ καὶ κατὰ τῆς ἐνδόξου παρου- “σίας αὐτοῦ, ἧς ἔρχεται κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκροὺς, “ἵνα ἀντιβάλῃς ὃ μετεγράψω, καὶ κατορθώσῃς αὐτὸ “πρὸς τὸ ἀντίγραφον τοῦτο, ὅθεν μετεγράψω, ἐπιμε- “λῶς· καὶ τὸν ὅρκον τοῦτον ὁμοίως μεταγράψεις καὶ “θήσεις ἐν τῷ ἀντιγράφῳ.”

5.20.3

3. These things may be profitably read in his work, and related by us, that we may have those ancient and truly holy men as the best example of painstaking carefulness.

καὶ ταῦτα δὲ ὠφελίμως ὑπ᾿ ἐκείνου λελέχθω, πρὸς ἡμῶν τε ἱστορείσθω, ὡς ἂν ἔχοιμεν ἄριστον σπουδαιοτάτης ἐπιμελείας τοὺς ἀρχαίους ἐκείνους καὶ ὄντως ἱεροὺς ἄνδρας ὑπόδειγμα.

5.20.4

4. In the letter to Florinus, of which we have spoken, Irenæus mentions again his intimacy with Polycarp, saying:

“These doctrines, O Florinus, to speak mildly, are not of sound judgment. These doctrines disagree with the Church, and drive into the greatest impiety those who accept them. These doctrines, not even the heretics outside of the Church, have ever dared to publish. These doctrines, the presbyters who were before us, and who were companions of the apostles, did not deliver to thee.

ἐν ᾗ γε μὴν προειρήκαμεν πρὸς τὸν Φλωρῖνον ὁ Εἰρηναῖος ἐπιστολῇ αὖθις τῆς ἅμα Πολυκάρπῳ συνουσίας αὐτοῦ μνημονεύει λέγων “ταῦτα τὰ δόγματα, “Φλωρῖνε, ἵνα πεφεισμένως εἴπω, οὐκ ἔστιν ὑγιοῦς “γνώμης· ταῦτα τὰ δόγματα ἀσύμφωνά ἐστι τῇ ἐκ- “κλησίᾳ, εἰς τὴν μεγίστην ἀσέβειαν περιβάλλοντα “τοὺς πειθομένους αὐτοῖς· ταῦτα τὰ δόγματα οὐδὲ “οἱ ἔξω τῆς ἐκκλησίας αἱρετικοὶ ἐτόλμησαν ἀποφή- “νασθαί ποτε· ταῦτα τὰ δόγματα οἱ πρὸ ἡμῶν πρεσ- “βύτεροι οἱ καὶ τοῖς ἀποστόλοις συμφοιτήσαντες οὐ “παρέδωκάν σοι.

5.20.5

5. “For when I was a boy, I saw thee in lower Asia with Polycarp, moving in splendor in the royal court, and endeavoring to gain his approbation.

εἶδον γάρ σε παῖς ἔτι ὢν ἐν τῇ “κάτω Ἀσίᾳ παρὰ Πολυκάρπῳ, λαμπρῶς πράσσοντα “ἐν τῇ βασιλικῇ αὐλῇ, καὶ πειρώμενον εὐδοκιμεῖν “παρ᾿ αὐτῷ. μᾶλλον γὰρ τὰ τότε διαμνημονεύω τῶν “ἔναγχος γινομένων.

5.20.6

6. I remember the events of that time more clearly than those of recent years. For what boys learn, growing with their mind, becomes joined with it; so that I am able to describe the very place in which the blessed Polycarp sat as he discoursed, and his goings out and his comings in, and the manner of his life, and his physical appearance, and his discourses to the people, and the accounts which he gave of his intercourse with John and with the others who had seen the Lord. And as he remembered their words, and what he heard from them concerning the Lord, and concerning his miracles and his teaching, having received them from eyewitnesses of the ‘Word of life,’ Polycarp related all things in harmony with the Scriptures.

αἱ γὰρ ἐκ παίδων μαθήσεις “συναύξουσαι τῇ ψυχῇ ἑνοῦνται αὐτῇ, ὥστε με δύ- “νασθαι εἰπεῖν καὶ τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧ καθεζόμενος διε- “λέγετο ὁ μακάριος Πολύκαρπος, καὶ τὰς προόδους “αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰς εἰσόδους, καὶ τὸν χαρακτῆρα τοῦ βίου, “καὶ τὴν τοῦ σώματος ἰδέαν, καὶ τὰς διαλέξεις ἃς “ἐποιεῖτο πρὸς τὸ πλῆθος, καὶ τὴν μετὰ Ἰωάννου “συναναστροφὴν ὡς ἀπήγγελλε καὶ τὴν μετὰ “λοιπῶν τῶν ἑωρακότων τὸν κύριον, καὶ ὡς ἀπεμνη- “μόνευε τοὺς λόγους αὐτῶν, καὶ περὶ τοῦ κυρίου “τίνα ἦν ἃ παρ’ ἐκείνων ἀκηκόει, καὶ περὶ τῶν “δυνάμεων αὐτοῦ, καὶ περὶ τῆς διδασκαλίας, ὡς “παρὰ τῶν αὐτοπτῶν τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ λόγου παρειληφὼς ὁ Πολύκαρπος ἀπήγγελλε πάντα σύμφωνα “ταἴς γραφαῖς.

5.20.7

7. These things being told me by the mercy of God, I listened to them attentively, noting them down, not on paper, but in my heart. And continually, through God’s grace, I recall them faithfully. And I am able to bear witness before God that if that blessed and apostolic presbyter had heard any such thing, he would have cried out, and stopped his ears, and as was his custom, would have exclaimed, O good God, unto what times hast thou spared me that I should endure these things? And he would have fled from the place where, sitting or standing, he had heard such words.

ταῦτα καὶ τότε διὰ τὸ ἔλεος τοῦ “θεοῦ τὸ ἐπ’ ἐμοὶ γεγονὸς σπουδαίως ἤκουον, ‘μνηματιζόμενος αὐτὰ οὐκ ἐν χάρτῃ, ἀλλ’ ἐν τῇ ἐμῇ “καρδίᾳ, καὶ ἀεὶ διὰ τὴν χάριν τοῦ θεοῦ γνησίως “αὐτὰ ἀναμαρυκῶμαι· καὶ δύναμαι διαμαρτύρασθαι “ἔμπροσθεν τοῦ θεοῦ, ὅτι εἴ τι τοιοῦτον ἀκηκόει “ἐκεῖνος ὁ μακάριος καὶ ἀποστολικὸς πρεσβύτερος, “ἀνακράξας ἂν καὶ ἐμφράξας τὰ ὦτα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ “σύνηθες αὐτῷ εἰπών ‘ ὦ καλὲ θεὲ, εἰς οἴους με και- “ροὺς τετήρηκας, ἔνα τούτων ἀνέχωμαι πεφεύγει “καὶ τὸν τόπον ἐν ᾧ καθεζόμενος ἢ ἑστὼς τῶν “ούτων ἀκηκόει λόγων.

5.20.8

8. And this can be shown plainly from the letters which he sent, either to the neighboring churches for their confirmation, or to some of the brethren, admonishing and exhorting them.” Thus far Irenæus.

καὶ ἐκ τῶν ἐπιστολῶν δὲ αὐτοῦ ὧν ἐπέστειλεν ἤτοι ταῖς γειτνιώσαις ἐκκλησίαις ἐπιστηρίζων αὐτὰς, ἢ τῶν ἀδελφῶν τισὶ νουθετῶν αὐτοὺς καὶ προτρεπόμενος, δύναται φανερωθῆναι.” ταῦτα ὁ Εἰρήναιος.

5.21.1 How Appolonius suffered Martyrdom at Rome

1. About the same time, in the reign of Commodus, our condition became more favorable, and through the grace of God the churches throughout the entire world enjoyed peace, and the word of salvation was leading every soul, from every race of man to the devout worship of the God of the universe. So that now at Rome many who were highly distinguished for wealth and family turned with all their household and relatives unto their salvation.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 6] Κατὰ δὲ τὸν αὐτὸν τῆς Κομόδου βασιλείας χρόνον μεταβέβλητο μὲν ἐπὶ τὸ πρᾶον τὰ καθ’ ἡμᾶς, εἰρήνης σὺν θείᾳ χάριτι τὰς καθ’ ὅλης τῆς οἰκουμένης διαλαβούσης ἐκκλησίας, ὅτε καὶ ὁ σωτήριος λόγος ἐκ παντὸς γένους ἀνθρώπων πᾶσαν ὑπήγετο ψυχὴν ἐπὶ τὴν εὐσεβῆ τοῦ τῶν ὅλων θεοῦ θρησκείαν, ὥστε ἤδη καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ Ῥώμης εὖ μάλα πλούτῳ καὶ γένει διαφανῶν πλείους ἐπὶ τὴν σφῶν ὁμόσε χωρεῖν πανοικί τε καὶ παγγενῆ σωτηρίαν.

5.21.2

2. But the demon who hates what is good, being malignant in his nature, could not endure this, but prepared himself again for conflict, contriving many devices against us. And he brought to the judgment seat Apollonius, of the city of Rome, a man renowned among the faithful for learning and philosophy, having stirred up one of his servants, who was well fitted for such a purpose, to accuse him.

οὐκ ἦν δὲ ἄρα τοῦτο τῷ μισοκάλῳ δαίμονι βασκάνῳ ὄντι τὴν φύσιν οἰστόν· ἀπεδύετο δ’ οὖν αὖθις, ποικίλας τὰς καθ’ ἡμῶν μηχανὰς ἐπιτεχνώμενος. ἐπὶ γοῦν τῆς Ῥωμαίων πόλεως Ἀπολλώνιον, ἄνδρα τῶν τότε πιστῶν ἐπὶ παιδείᾳ καὶ φιλοσοφίᾳ βεβοημένον, ἐπὶ δικαστήριον ἄγει, ἴνα γέ τιν’ τῶν εἰς ταῦτα ἐπιτηδείων αὐτῷ διακόνων ἐπὶ κατηγορίᾳ τἀνδρὸς ἐγείρας.

5.21.3

3. But this wretched man made the charge unseasonably, because by a royal decree it was unlawful that informers of such things should live. And his legs were broken immediately, Perennius the judge having pronounced this sentence upon him.

ἀλλ’ ὁ μὲν δείλαιος παρὰ καιρὸν τὴν δίκην εἰσελθὼν, ὅτι μὴ ζῆν ἐξὸν ἦν κατὰ βασιλικὸν ὅρον τοὺς τῶν τοιῶνδε μηνυτὰς, αὐτίκα κατάγνυται τὰ σκέλη, Περεννίου δικαστοῦ τοιαύτην κατ’ αὐτοῦ ψῆφον ἀπενέγκαντος.

5.21.4

4. But the martyr, highly beloved of God, being earnestly entreated and requested by the judge to give an account of himself before the Senate, made in the presence of all an eloquent defense of the faith for which he was witnessing. And as if by decree of the Senate he was put to death by decapitation; an ancient law requiring that those who were brought to the judgment seat and refused to recant should not be liberated. Whoever desires to know his arguments before the judge and his answers to the questions of Perennius, and his entire defense before the Senate will find them in the records of the ancient martyrdoms which we have collected.

ὁ δέ γε θεοφιλέστατος μάρτυς, πολλὰ λιπαρῶς ἱκετεύσαντος τοὐ δικαστοῦ καὶ λόγον αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τῆς συγκλήτου βουλῆς αἰτήσαντος, λογιωτάτην ὑπὲρ ἧς ἐμαρτύρει πίστεως ἐπὶ πάντων παρασχὼν ἀπολογίαν κεφαλικῇ κολάσει ὡσὰν ἀπὸ δόγματος συγκλήτου τελειοῦται, μηδ’ ἄλλως ἀφεῖσθαι τοὺς ἅπαξ εἰς δικαστήριον παριόντας καὶ μηδαμῶς τῆς προθέσεως μεταβαλλομένους ἀρχαίου παρ’ αὐτοῖς νόμου κεκρατηκότος.

5.22 The Bishops that were well known at this Time

In the tenth year of the reign of Commodus, Victor succeeded Eleutherus, the latter having held the episcopate for thirteen years. In the same year, after Julian had completed his tenth year, Demetrius received the charge of the parishes at Alexandria. At this time the above-mentioned Serapion, the eighth from the apostles, was still well known as bishop of the church at Antioch. Theophilus presided at Cæsarea in Palestine; and Narcissus, whom we have mentioned before, still had charge of the church at Jerusalem. Bacchylus at the same time was bishop of Corinth in Greece, and Polycrates of the parish of Ephesus. And besides these a multitude of others, as is likely, were then prominent. But we have given the names of those alone, the soundness of whose faith has come down to us in writing.

[Nic. II. E. IV, 9] Δεκάτῳ γε μὴν τῆς Κομόδου βασιλείας ἔτει δέκα πρὸς τρισὶν ἔτεσι τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν λελειτουργηκότα Ἐλεύθερον διαδέχεται Βίκτωρ· ἐν ᾧ καὶ Ἰουλιανοῦ δέκατον ἔτος ἀναπλήσαντος τῶν κατ’ Ἀλεξάνδρειαν παροικιῶν τὴν ἐγχειρίζεται Δημήτριος· καθ’ οὓς καὶ τῆς Ἀντιοχέων ἐκκλησίας ὄγδοος ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων ὁ πρόσθεν ἤδη δεδηλωμένος ἔτι τότε Σαραπίων ἐπίσκοπος ἐγνωρίζετο· Καισαρείας δὲ τῆς ἐπὶ Παλαιστίνῃ καθηγεῖτο Θεόφιλος. καὶ Νάρκισσος δὲ ὁμοίως, οὗ καὶ πρόσθεν ὁ λόγος μνήμην ἐποιήσατο, τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις ἐκκλησίας ἔτι τότε τὴν λειτουργίαν εἶχεν. Κορίνθου δὲ τῆς καθ’ Ἑλλάδα κατὰ τοὺς αὐτοὺς χρόνους ἐπίσκοπος ἦν Βάκχυλλος, καὶ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσω παροικίας Πολυκράτης, καὶ ἄλλοι δὲ, ὥς γε εἰκὸς, ἐπὶ τούτοις μυρίοι κατὰ τούσδε διέπρεπον. ὧν γε μὴν ἔγγραφος ἡ τῆς πίστεως εἰς ἡμὰς κατῆλθεν ὀρθοδοξία, τούτους εἰκότως ὀνομαστὶ κατελέξαμεν.

5.23.1 The Question then agitated concerning the Passover

1. A question of no small importance arose at that time. For the parishes of all Asia, as from an older tradition, held that the fourteenth day of the moon, on which day the Jews were commanded to sacrifice the lamb, should be observed as the feast of the Saviour’s passover. It was therefore necessary to end their fast on that day, whatever day of the week it should happen to be. But it was not the custom of the churches in the rest of the world to end it at this time, as they observed the practice which, from apostolic tradition, has prevailed to the present time, of terminating the fast on no other day than on that of the resurrection of our Saviour.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 6] Ζητήσεως δῆτα κατὰ τούσδε οὐ σμικρὰς ἀνακινηθείσης, ὅτι δὴ τῆς Ἀσίας ἁπάσης αἶ παροικίαι ὡσὰν ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀρχαιοτέρας σελήνης τὴν τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτην ᾤοντο δεῖν ἐπὶ τῆς τοῦ πάσχα σωτηρίου ἑορτῆς παραφυλάττειν, ἐν ᾗ θύειν τὸ πρόβατον Ἰουδαίοις προηγόρευτο, ὡς δέον ἐκ παντὸς κατὰ ταύτην, ὁποίᾳ δ’ ἂν ἡμέρᾳ τῆς ἑβδομάδος περιτυγχάνοι, τὰς τῶν ἀσιτιῶν ἐπιλύσεις ποιεῖσθαι, οὐκ ἔθους ὄντος τοῦτον ἐπιτελεῖν τὸν τρόπον ταῖς ἀνὰ τὴν λοιπὴν ἅπασαν οἰκουμένην ἐκκλησίαις, ἑ § ἀποστολικῆς παραδόσεως τὸ καὶ εἰς δεῦρο κρατῆσαν ἔθος φυλαττούσαις, ὡς μηδ’ ἑτέρᾳ προσήκειν παρὰ τὴν τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν ἡμέρᾳ τὰς νηστείας ἐπιλύεσθαι.

5.23.2

2. Synods and assemblies of bishops were held on this account, and all, with one consent, through mutual correspondence drew up an ecclesiastical decree, that the mystery of the resurrection of the Lord should be celebrated on no other but the Lord’s day, and that we should observe the close of the paschal fast on this day only. There is still extant a writing of those who were then assembled in Palestine, over whom Theophilus, bishop of Cæsarea, and Narcissus, bishop of Jerusalem, presided. And there is also another writing extant of those who were assembled at Rome to consider the same question, which bears the name of Bishop Victor; also of the bishops in Pontus over whom Palmas, as the oldest, presided; and of the parishes in Gaul of which Irenæus was bishop, and of those in Osrhoëne and the cities there; and a personal letter of Bacchylus, bishop of the church at Corinth, and of a great many others, who uttered the same opinion and judgment, and cast the same vote.

σύνοδοι δὴ καὶ συγκροτήσεις ἐπισκόπων ἐπὶ ταὐτὸν ἐγίνοντο, πάντες τε μιᾷ γνώμῃ δι’ ἐπιστολῶν ἐκκλησιαστικὸν δόγμα τοῖς πανταχόσε διετυποῦντο, ὡς ἂν μηδ’ ἐν ἄλλῃ ποτὲ τῆς κυριακῆς ἡμέρᾳ τὸ τῆς ἐκ νεκρῶν ἀναστάσεως ἐπιτελοῖτο τοῦ κυρίου μυστήριον, καὶ ὅπως ἐν ταύτῃ μόνῃ τῶν κατὰ τὸ πάσχα νηστειῶν φυλαττοίμεθα τὰς ἐπιλύσεις.

5.23.3

3. And that which has been given above was their unanimous decision.

φέρεται δ᾿ εἰσέτι νῦν τῶν κατὰ Παλαιστίνην τηνικάδε συγκεκροτημένων γραφὴ, ὧν προυτέτακτο Θεόφιλος τῆς ἐν Καισαρείᾳ παροικίας ἐπίσκοπος καὶ Νάρκισσος τῆς ἐν Ἱεροσολύμοις· καὶ τῶν ἐπὶ ῾Ρώμης δὲ ὁμοίως ἄλλη περὶ τοῦ αὐτοῦ ζητήματος, ἐπίσκοπον Βίκτορα δηλοῦσα· τῶν τε κατὰ Πόντον ἐπισκόπων, ὧν Πάλμας ὡς ἀρχαιότατος προυτέτακτο, καὶ τῶν κατὰ Γαλλίαν δὲ παροικιῶν, ἃς Εἰρήναιος ἐπεσκόπει·

5.24.1 The Disagreement in Asia

1. But the bishops of Asia, led by Polycrates, decided to hold to the old custom handed down to them. He himself, in a letter which he addressed to Victor and the church of Rome, set forth in the following words the tradition which had come down to him:

[Nic. H. E. IV, 7] τῶν δὲ ἐπὶ τῆς Ἀσίας ἐπισκόπων, τὸ πάλαι πρότερον αὐτοῖς παραδοθὲν διαφυλάττειν ἔθος χρῆναι διισχυριζομένων, ἡγεῖτο Πολυκράτης, ὃς καὶ αὐτὸς ἐν ᾗ πρὸς Βίκτορα καὶ τὴν ῾Ρωμαίων ἐκκλησίαν διετυπώσατο γραφῇ τὴν εἰς αὐτὸν ἐλθοῦσαν παράδοσιν ἐκτέθειται διὰ τούτων

5.24.2

2. “We observe the exact day; neither adding, nor taking away. For in Asia also great lights have fallen asleep, which shall rise again on the day of the Lord’s coming, when he shall come with glory from heaven, and shall seek out all the saints. Among these are Philip, one of the twelve apostles, who fell asleep in Hierapolis; and his two aged virgin daughters, and another daughter, who lived in the Holy Spirit and now rests at Ephesus; and, moreover, John, who was both a witness and a teacher, who reclined upon the bosom of the Lord, and, being a priest, wore the sacerdotal plate.

“ἡμεῖς οὖν ἀρρᾳδιούργητον ἄγομεν τὴν ἡμέραν, “μήτε προστιθέντες μήτε ἀφαιρούμενοι. καὶ γὰρ “κατὰ τὴν Ἀσίαν μεγάλα στοιχεῖα κεκοίμηται, ἅτινα “ἀναστήσεται τῇ ἡμέρᾳ τῆς παρουσίας τοῦ κυρίου, “ἐν ᾗ ἔρχεται μετὰ δόξης ἐξ οὐρανῶν, καὶ ἀναστήσει “πάντας τοὺς ἁγίους, Φίλιππον τὸν τῶν δώδεκα ἀπο- “στόλων, ὃς κεκοίμηται Ἱεραπόλει, καὶ δύο θυγα- “τέρες αὐτοῦ γεγηρακυῖαι παρθένοι, καὶ ἡ ἑτέρα “αὐτοῦ θυγάτηρ ἐν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι πολιτευσαμένη, “ἣ ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἀναπαύεται·

5.24.3

3. He fell asleep at Ephesus.

ἔτι δὲ καὶ Ἰωάννης ὁ “ἐπὶ τὸ στῆθος τοῦ κυρίου ἀναπεσὼν, ὃς ἐγενήθη “ἱερεὺς τὸ πέταλον πεφορηκὼς, καὶ μάρτυς καὶ διδά- “σκαλος· οὗτος ἐν Ἐφέσῳ κεκοίμηται·

5.24.4

4. And Polycarp in Smyrna, who was a bishop and martyr; and Thraseas, bishop and martyr from Eumenia, who fell asleep in Smyrna.

ἔτι δὲ καὶ “Πολύκαρπος ὁ ἐν Σμύρνῃ καὶ ἐπίσκοπος καὶ μάρτυς, “καὶ Θρασέας ἐπίσκοπος καὶ μάρτυς ἀπὸ ‘ὃς ἐν Σμύρνῃ κεκοίμηται.

5.24.5

5. Why need I mention the bishop and martyr Sagaris who fell asleep in Laodicea, or the blessed Papirius, or Melito, the Eunuch who lived altogether in the Holy Spirit, and who lies in Sardis, awaiting the episcopate from heaven, when he shall rise from the dead?

τί δὲ δεῖ λέγειν Σά- “γαριν ἐπίσκοπον καὶ μάρτυρα, ὃς ἐν Λαοδικείᾳ κε- “κοίμηται, ἔτι δὲ καὶ Παπίριον τὸν μακάριον, καὶ “Μελίτωνα τὸν εὐνοῦχον, τὸν ἐν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι “πάντα πολιτευσάμενον, ὃς κεῖται ἐν Σάρδεσι περι- “μένων τὴν ἀπὸ τῶν οὐρανῶν ἐπισκοπὴν, ἐν ᾗ ἐκ “νεκρῶν ἀναστήσεται.

5.24.6

6. All these observed the fourteenth day of the passover according to the Gospel, deviating in no respect, but following the rule of faith. And I also, Polycrates, the least of you all, do according to the tradition of my relatives, some of whom I have closely followed. For seven of my relatives were bishops; and I am the eighth. And my relatives always observed the day when the people put away the leaven.

οὗτοι πάντες ἐτήρησαν “ἡμἐραν τῆς τεσσαρεσκαιδεκάτης τοῦ πάσχα κατὰ τὸ “εὐαγγέλιον, μηδὲν παρεκβαίνοντες, ἀλλὰ κατὰ τὸν “κανόνα τῆς πίστεως ἀκολουθοῦντες· ἔτι δὲ κἀγὼ ὁ “μικρότερος πάντων ὑμῶν Πολυκράτης, κατὰ παρά- “δόσιν τῶν συγγενῶν μου, οἷς καὶ παρηκολούθησά “ τισιν αὐτῶν. ἑπτὰ μὲν ἦσαν συγγενεῖς μου ἐπίσκο- “ποι, ἐγὼ δὲ ὄγδοος· καὶ πάντοτε τὴν ἡμέραν “οἶ συγγενεῖς μου, ὅτε ὁ λαὸς ἤρνυε τὴν ζύμην. “

5.24.7

7. I, therefore, brethren, who have lived sixty-five years in the Lord, and have met with the brethren throughout the world, and have gone through every Holy Scripture, am not affrighted by terrifying words. For those greater than I have said ‘We ought to obey God rather than man.’”

ἐγὼ οὖν, ἀδελφοὶ, ἐξήκοντα πέντε ἔτη ἔχων ἐν “κυρίῳ, καὶ συμβεβληκὼς τοῖς ἀπὸ τῆς οἰκουμένης ἀδελφοῖς, καὶ πᾶσαν ἁγίαν γραφὴν διεληλυθὼς, οὐ “πτύρομαι ἐπὶ τοῖς καταπλησσομένοις. οἱ γὰρ ἐμοῦ μείζονες εἰρήκασι πειθαρχεῖν δεῖ θεῷ μᾶλλον ἢ “ἀνθρώποις”

5.24.8

8. He then writes of all the bishops who were present with him and thought as he did. His words are as follows:

“I could mention the bishops who were present, whom I summoned at your desire; whose names, should I write them, would constitute a great multitude. And they, beholding my littleness, gave their consent to the letter, knowing that I did not bear my gray hairs in vain, but had always governed my life by the Lord Jesus.”

τούτοις ἐπιφέρει περὶ πάντων γράφων τῶν συμπαρόντων αὐτῷ καὶ ὁμοδοξούντων ἐπισκόπων ταῦτα λέγων “ἐδυνάμην δὲ τῶν ἐπισκόπων “τῶν συμπαρόντων μνημονεῦσαι, οὓς ὑμεῖς ἠξιώσατε “μετακληθῆναι ὑέ ἐμοῦ, καὶ μετεκαλεσάμην· ὧν τὰ “ἀνόματα ἐὰν γράφω, πολλὰ πλήθη εἰσίν. οἱ δὲ “ἰδόντες τὸν μικρόν μου ἄνθρωπον συνηυδόκησαν “τῇ ἐπιστολῇ, εἰδότες ὅτι εἰκῆ πολιὰς οὐκ ἤνεγκα, “ἀλλὰ ἐν κυρίῳ Ἰησοῦ πάντοτε πεπολίτευμαι.”

5.24.9

9. Thereupon Victor, who presided over the church at Rome, immediately attempted to cut off from the common unity the parishes of all Asia, with the churches that agreed with them, as heterodox; and he wrote letters and declared all the brethren there wholly excommunicate.

ἐπὶ τούτοις ὁ μὲν τῆς ῾Ρωμαίων προεστὼς Βίκτωρ ἀθρόως τῆς Ἀσίας πάσης ἅμα ταῖς ὁμόροις ἐκκλησίαις τὰς παροικίας ἀποτέμνειν, ὡσὰν ἑτεροδοξούσας, τῆς κοινῆς ἑνώσεως πειρᾶται, καὶ στηλιτεύει γε διὰ γραμμάτων, ἀκοινωνήτους πάντας ἄρδην τοὺς ἐκεῖσε ἀνακηρύττων ἀδελφούς.

5.24.10

10. But this did not please all the bishops. And they besought him to consider the things of peace, and of neighborly unity and love. Words of theirs are extant, sharply rebuking Victor.

ἀλλ᾿ οὐ πᾶσί γε τοῖς ἐπισκόποις ταὐτ᾿ ἠρέσκετο. ἀντιπαρακελεύονται δῆτα αὐτῷ τὰ τῆς εἰρήνης καὶ τῆς πρὸς τοὺς πλησίον ἑνώσεως τε καὶ ἀγάπης φρονεῖν. φέρονται δὲ καὶ αἱ τούτων φωναὶ, πληκτικώτερον καθαπτομένων τοῦ Βίκτορος.

5.24.11

11. Among them was Irenæus, who, sending letters in the name of the brethren in Gaul over whom he presided, maintained that the mystery of the resurrection of the Lord should be observed only on the Lord’s day. He fittingly admonishes Victor that he should not cut off whole churches of God which observed the tradition of an ancient custom and after many other words he proceeds as follows:

ἐν οἷς καὶ ὁ Εἰρηναῖος ἐκ προσώπου ὧν ἡγεῖτο κατὰ τὴν Γαλλίαν ἀδελφῶν ἐπιστείλας παρίσταται μὲν τῷ δεῖν ἐν μόνῃ τῇ τῆς κυριακῆς ἡμέρᾳ τὸ τῆς τοῦ κυρίου ἀναστάσεως ἐπιτελεῖσθαι μυστήριον, τῷ γε μὴν Βίκτορι προσηκόντως, ὡς μὴ ἀποκόπτοι ὅλας ἐκκλησίας θεοῦ, ἀρχαίου ἔθους παράδοσιν ἐπιτηρούσας, πλεῖστα ἕτερα παραινεῖ, καὶ αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι τάδε ἐπιλέγων

5.24.12

12. “For the controversy is not only concerning the day, but also concerning the very manner of the fast. For some think that they should fast one day, others two, yet others more; some, moreover, count their day as consisting of forty hours day and night.

“οὐδὲ γὰρ μόνον “περὶ τῆς ἡμέρας ἐστὶν ἡ ἀμφισβήτησις, ἀλλὰ καὶ “περὶ τοῦ εἴδους αὐτοῦ τῆς νηστείας. οἱ μὲν γὰρ “οἴονται μίαν ἡμέραν δεῖν αὐτοὺς νηστεύειν, οἱ δὲ “δύο, οἱ δὲ καὶ πλείονας· οἱ δὲ τεσσαράκοντα ὥρας “ἡμερινάς τε καὶ νυκτερινὰς συμμετροῦσι τὴν ἡμέραν “αὐτῶν.

5.24.13

13. And this variety in its observance has not originated in our time; but long before in that of our ancestors. It is likely that they did not hold to strict accuracy, and thus formed a custom for their posterity according to their own simplicity and peculiar mode. Yet all of these lived none the less in peace, and we also live in peace with one another; and the disagreement in regard to the fast confirms the agreement in the faith.”

καὶ τοιαύτη μὲν ποικιλία τῶν ἐπιτη- “ρούντων οὐ νῦν ἐφ᾿ ἡμῶν γεγονυῖα, ἀλλὰ καὶ πολὺ “πρότερον ἐπὶ τῶν πρὸ ἡμῶν, τῶν παρὰ τὸ ἀκριβὲς, “ὡς εἰκὸς, κρατούντων τὴν καθ᾿ ἁπλότητα καὶ ἰδιω- “τισμὁν συνήθειαν εἰς τὸ μετέπειτα πεποιηκότων. “καὶ οὐδὲν ἔλαττον πάντες οὗτοι εἰρήνευσάν τε “εἰρηνεύομεν πρὸς ἀλλήλους, καὶ ἡ διαφωνία τῆς “νηστείας τὴν ὁμόνοιαν τῆς πίστεως συνίστησι.’’

5.24.14

14. He adds to this the following account, which I may properly insert:

“Among these were the presbyters before Soter, who presided over the church which thou now rulest. We mean Anicetus, and Pius, and Hyginus, and Telesphorus, and Xystus. They neither observed it themselves, nor did they permit those after them to do so. And yet though not observing it, they were none the less at peace with those who came to them from the parishes in which it was observed; although this observance was more opposed to those who did not observe it.

τούτοις καὶ ἱστορίαν προστίθησιν, ἣν οἰκείως παραθήσομαι, τοῦτον ἔχουσαν τὸν τρόπον ἐν οἷς “καὶ οἶ πρὸ Σωτῆρος πρεσβύτεροι οἶ προστάντες “ἐκκλησίας ἧς σὺ νῦν ἀφηγῇ, Ἀνίκητον λέγομεν “Πίον, Ὑγῖνόν τε καὶ Τελεσφόρον καὶ Ξυστὸν, “αὐτοὶ ἐτήρησαν οὔτε τοῖς μετ’ αὐτῶν ἐπέτρεπον, καὶ οὐδὲν ἔλαττον αὐτοὶ μὴ τηροῦντες εἰρήνευον “τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν παροικιῶν, ἐν αἷς ἐτηρεῖτο, ἐρχομένοις ‘πρὸς αὐτούς· καίτοι μᾶλλον ἐναντίον ἦν τὸ τηρεῖν “τοῖς μὴ τηροῦσι.

5.24.15

15. But none were ever cast out on account of this form; but the presbyters before thee who did not observe it, sent the eucharist to those of other parishes who observed it.

καὶ οὐδέποτε διὰ τὸ ‘’τοῦτο ἀπεβλήθησάν τινες, ἀλλ’ αὐτοὶ μὴ τηροῦντες “οἱ πρὸ σοῦ πρεσβύτεροι τοῖς ἀπὸ τῶν “τηροῦσιν ἔπεμπον εὐχαριστίαν.

5.24.16

16. And when the blessed Polycarp was at Rome in the time of Anicetus, and they disagreed a little about certain other things, they immediately made peace with one another, not caring to quarrel over this matter. For neither could Anicetus persuade Polycarp not to observe what he had always observed with John the disciple of our Lord, and the other apostles with whom he had associated; neither could Polycarp persuade Anicetus to observe it as he said that he ought to follow the customs of the presbyters that had preceded him.

καὶ τοῦ μακα- “ρίου Πολυκάρπου ἐπιδημήσαντος τῇ Ῥώμῃ ἐπὶ “κήτου, καὶ περὶ ἄλλων τινῶν μικρὰ σχόντες πρὸς “ἀλλήλους εὐθὺς εἰρήνευσαν, περὶ τούτου τοῦ κεφα- “λαίου μὴ φιλεριστήσαντες̣ εἰς ἑαυτούς. οὔτε γὰρ ὁ Ἀνίκητος τὸν Πολύκαρπον πεῖσαι ἐδύνατο μὴ τη- “ῥεῖν, ἅτε μετὰ Ἰωάννου τοὐ μαθητοῦ τοῦ κυρίου “ἡμῶν ἡμῶν καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν ἀποστόλων, οἷς “ἀεὶ τετηρηκότα, οὔτε μὴν ὁ Πολύκαρπος τὸν Ἀνίκητον ἔπεισε τηρεῖν, λέγοντα τὴν συνήθειαν τῶν “πρὸ οὐτοῦ πρεσβυτέρων ὀφείλειν κατέχειν.

5.24.17

17. But though matters were in this shape, they communed together, and Anicetus conceded the administration of the eucharist in the church to Polycarp, manifestly as a mark of respect. And they parted from each other in peace, both those who observed, and those who did not, maintaining the peace of the whole church.”

καὶ τούτων οὕτως ἐχόντων ἐκοινώνησαν ἑαυτοῖς, καὶ ἐν τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ παρεχώρησεν ὁ Ἀνίκητος τὴν εύχαριστίαν τῷ Πολυκάρπῳ κατ’ ἐντροπὴν δηλονότι, καὶ μετ’ εἰρήνης ἀπ’ ἀλλήλων ἀπηλλάγησαν, πάσης τῆς ἐκκλησίας εἰρήνην ἐχόντων καὶ τῶν τηρούντων καὶ “τῶν μὴ τηρούντων.”

5.24.18

18. Thus Irenæus, who truly was well named, became a peacemaker in this matter, exhorting and negotiating in this way in behalf of the peace of the churches. And he conferred by letter about this mooted question, not only with Victor, but also with most of the other rulers of the churches.

καὶ ὁ μὲν Εἰρηναῖος φερώνυμός τις ὢν τῇ προσηγορίᾳ, αὐτῷ τε τῷ τρόπῳ εἰρηνοποιὸς, τοιαῦτα ὑπὲρ τῆς τῶν ἐκκλησιῶν εἰρήνης παρεκάλει τε καὶ ἐπρέσβευεν. ὁ δ᾿ αὐτὸς οὐ μόνον τῷ Βίκτορι, καὶ διαφόροις δὲ πλείστοις ἄρχουσιν ἐκκλησιῶν τὰ κατάλληλα δι᾿ ἐπιστολῶν περὶ τοῦ κεκινημένου ζητήματος ὡμίλει.

5.25 How All came to an Agreement respecting the Passover

1. Those in Palestine whom we have recently mentioned, Narcissus and Theophilus, and with them Cassius, bishop of the church of Tyre, and Clarus of the church of Ptolemais, and those who met with them, having stated many things respecting the tradition concerning the passover which had come to them in succession from the apostles, at the close of their writing add these words:

2. “Endeavor to send copies of our letter to every church, that we may not furnish occasion to those who easily deceive their souls. We show you indeed that also in Alexandria they keep it on the same day that we do. For letters are carried from us to them and from them to us, so that in the same manner and at the same time we keep the sacred day.”

[Nic. H. E. IV, 6] Οἵ γε μὴν ἐπὶ Παλαιστίνης, οὓς ἀρτίως διεληλύθαμεν, ὅ τε Νάρκισσος καὶ Θεόφιλος, καὶ σὺν αὐτοῖς Κάσσιος τῆς κατὰ Τύρον ἐκκλησίας ἐπίσκοπος, καὶ Κλάρος τῆς ἐν Πτολεμαΐδι, οἵ τε μετὰ τούτων συνεληλυθότες περὶ τῆς κατελθούσης εἰς αὐτοὺς ἐκ διαδοχῆς τῶν ἀποστόλων περὶ τοῦ πάσχα παραδόσεως πλεῖστα διειληφότες, κατὰ τὸ τέλος τῆς γραφὴς αὐτοῖς ῥήμασιν ἐπιλέγουσι ταῦτα “τῆς δ᾿ ἐπιστολῆς ἡμῶν πειράθητε κατὰ πᾶσαν “ἐκκλησίαν ἀντίγραφα διαπέμψασθαι, ὅπως μὴ ἔνοχοι “ὦμεν τοῖς ῥᾳδίως πλανῶσιν ἑαυτῶν τὰς ψυχάς. δη- “λοῦμεν δὲ ὑμῖν ὅτι τῇ αὐτῇ ἡμέρᾳ καὶ ἐν Ἀλεξαν- “δρείᾳ ἄγουσιν, ᾗπερ καὶ ἡμεῖς. παρ᾿ ἡμῶν γὰρ τὰ “γράμματα κομίζεται αὐτοῖς καὶ ἡμῖν παρ᾿ αὐτῶν, “ὥστε συμφώνως καὶ ὁμοῦ ἄγειν ἡμᾶς τὴν ἁγίαν “ἡμέραν.”

5.26 The Elegant Works of Irenæus which have come down to us

Besides the works and letters of Irenæus which we have mentioned, a certain book of his On Knowledge, written against the Greeks, very concise and remarkably forcible, is extant; and another, which he dedicated to a brother Marcian, In Demonstration of the Apostolic Preaching; and a volume containing various Dissertations, in which he mentions the Epistle to the Hebrews and the so-called Wisdom of Solomon, making quotations from them. These are the works of Irenæus which have come to our knowledge.

Commodus having ended his reign after thirteen years, Severus became emperor in less than six months after his death, Pertinax having reigned during the intervening time.

Ἀλλὰ γὰρ πρὸς τοῖς ἀποδοθεῖσιν Εἰρηναίου συγγράμμασι καὶ ταῖς ἐπιστολαῖς φέρεταί τις αὐτοῦ ἀναγκαιότατος, λόγος συντομώτατος καὶ τὰ μάλιστα ἀναγκαιότατος, περὶ ἐπιστήμης ἐπιγεγραμμένος· καὶ ἄλλος ὃν ἀνατέθεικεν ἀδελφῷ, Μαρκιανῷ τοὔνομα, εἰς ἐπίδειξεν τοῦ ἀποστολικοῦ κηρύγματος· καὶ βιβλίον τι διαλέξεων διαφόρων, ἐν ᾧ τῆς πρὸς Ἑβραίους ἐπιστολῆς καὶ τῆς λεγομένης Σοφίας Σολομῶνος μνημονεύει, ῥητά τινα ἐξ αὐτῶν παραθέμε- νος. καὶ τὰ μὲν εἰς ἡμετέραν ἐλθόντα γνῶσιν τῶν Εἰρηναίου τοσαῦτα. Κομόδου δὲ τὴν ἀρχὴν ἐπὶ δέκα καὶ τρισὶν ἔτεσι καταλύσαντος αὐτοκράτωρ Σεβῆρος οὐδ᾿ ὅλοις μησὶν ἓξ μετὰ τὴν Κομόδου τελευτὴν Περτίνακος διαγενομένου κρατεῖ.

5.27 The Works of Others that flourished at that Time

Numerous memorials of the faithful zeal of the ancient ecclesiastical men of that time are still preserved by many. Of these we would note particularly the writings of Heraclitus On the Apostle, and those of Maximus on the question so much discussed among heretics, the Origin of Evil, and on the Creation of Matter. Also those of Candidus on the Hexæmeron, and of Apion on the same subject; likewise of Sextus on the Resurrection, and another treatise of Arabianus, and writings of a multitude of others, in regard to whom, because we have no data, it is impossible to state in our work when they lived, or to give any account of their history. And works of many others have come down to us whose names we are unable to give, orthodox and ecclesiastical, as their interpretations of the Divine Scriptures show, but unknown to us, because their names are not stated in their writings.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 5] Πλεῖστα μὲν οὖν παρὰ πολλοῖς εἰσέτι νῦν τῶν τότε σώζεται παλαιῶν καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῶν ἀνδρῶν ἐναρέτου σπουδῆς ὑπομνήματα· ὧν γε μὴν αὐτοὶ διέγνωμεν, εἴη ἂν τὰ Ἡρακλείτου εἰς τὸν ἀπόστολον, καὶ τὰ Μαξίμου περὶ τοῦ πολυθρυλήτου παρὰ τοῖς αἱρεσιώταις ζητήματος, τοῦ πόθεν ἡ κακία, καὶ περὶ τοῦ γενητὴν ὑπάρχειν τὴν ὕλην· τά τε Κανδίδου εἰς τὴν ἑξαήμερον, καὶ Ἀπίωνος εἰς τὴν αὐτὴν ὑπόθεσιν· ὁμοίως Σέξτου περὶ ἀναστάσεως, καὶ ἄλλη τις ὑπόθεσις Ἀραβιανοῦ, καὶ μυρίων ἄλλων, ὧν διὰ τὸ μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἀφορμὴν οὐχ οἷόν τε οὔτε τοὺς χρόνους παραδοῦναι γραφῇ οὔθ᾿ ἱστορίας μνήμην ὑποσημήνασθαι. καὶ ἄλλων δὲ πλείστων, ὧν οὐδὲ τὰς προσηγορίας καταλέγειν ἡμῖν δυνατὸν, ἦλθον εἰς ἡμᾶς λόγοι ὀρθοδόξων μὲν καὶ ἐκκλησιαστικῶν, ὥς γε δὴ ἡ ἑκάστου παραδείκνυσι τῆς θείας γραφῆς ἑρμηνεία, ἀδήλων δὲ ὅμως ἡμῖν, ὅτι μὴ τὴν προσηγορίαν ἐπάγεται τῶν συγγραψαμένων.

5.28.1 Those who first advanced the Heresy of Artemon; their Manner of Life, and how they dared to corrupt the Sacred Scriptures

1. In a laborious work by one of these writers against the heresy of Artemon, which Paul of Samosata attempted to revive again in our day, there is an account appropriate to the history which we are now examining.

[Nic. H. E. IV, 1] Τούτων ἔν τινος σπουδάσματι μετὰ τῆς Ἀρτέμωνος αἱρέσεως πεπονημένῳ, ἣν αὖθις ὁ ἐκ Σαμοσάτων Παῦλος ὁ καθ᾿ ἡμᾶς ἀνανεώσασθαι πεπείραται, φέρεταί τις διήγησις, ταῖς ἐξεταζομέναις ἡμῖν προσήκουσα ἱστορίαις.

5.28.2

2. For he criticises, as a late innovation, the above-mentioned heresy which teaches that the Saviour was a mere man, because they were attempting to magnify it as ancient. Having given in his work many other arguments in refutation of their blasphemous falsehood, he adds the following words:

τὴν γάρ τοι δεληλωμἐνην αἵρεσιν, ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον γενέσθαι τὸν σωτῆρα φάσκουσαν, οὐ πρὸ πολλοῦ νεωτερισθεῖσαν διευθύνων, ἐπειδὴ σεμνύνειν αὐτὴν ὡσὰν ἀρχαίαν οἱ ταύτης ἤθελον εἰσηγηταὶ, πολλὰ καὶ ἄλλα εἰς ἔλεγχον αὐτῶν τῆς βλασφήμου ψευδηγορίας παραθεὶς ὁ λόγος ταῦτα κατὰ λέξιν ἱστορεῖ

5.28.3

3. “For they say that all the early teachers and the apostles received and taught what they now declare, and that the truth of the Gospel was preserved until the times of Victor, who was the thirteenth bishop of Rome from Peter, but that from his successor, Zephyrinus, the truth had been corrupted.

“φασὶ γὰρ τοὺς μὲν προτέρους ἅπαντας καὶ αὐτοὺς “τοὺς ἀποστόλους παρειληφέναι τε καὶ δεδιδαχέναι “ταῦτα, ἃ νῦν οὗτοι λέγουσι, καὶ τετηρῆσθαι τὴν “ἀλήθειαν τοῦ κηρύγματος μέχρι τῶν χρόνων τῶν “Βίκτορος, ὃς ἦν τρισκαιδέκατος ἀπὸ Πέτρου ἐν “῾Ρώμη ἐπίσκοπος, ἀπὸ δὲ τοῦ διαδόχου αὐτοῦ Ζε- “φυρίνου παρακεχαράχθαι τὴν ἀλήθειαν.

5.28.4

4. And what they say might be plausible, if first of all the Divine Scriptures did not contradict them. And there are writings of certain brethren older than the times of Victor, which they wrote in behalf of the truth against the heathen, and against the heresies which existed in their day. I refer to Justin and Miltiades and Tatian and Clement and many others, in all of whose works Christ is spoken of as God.

ἦν δ᾿ “ἂν τυχὸν πιθανὸν τὸ λεγόμενον, εἰ μὴ πρῶτον μὲν “ἀντέπιπτον αὐτοῖς αἱ θεῖαι γραφαί. καὶ ἀδελφῶν “δέ τινων ἐστὶ γράμματα πρεσβύτερα τῶν Βίκτορος “χρόνων, ἃ ἐκεῖνοι πρὸς τὰ ἔθνη ὑπὲρ τῆς ἀληθείας “καὶ πρὸς τὰς τότε αἱρέσεις ἔγραψαν, λέγω δὲ Ἰου- “στίνου καὶ Μιλτιάδου καὶ Τατιανοῦ καὶ Κλήμεντος “καὶ ἑτέρων πλειόνων, ἐν οἷς ἅπασι θεολογεῖται ὁ “Χριστός.

5.28.5

5. For who does not know the works of Irenæus and of Melito and of others which teach that Christ is God and man? And how many psalms and hymns, written by the faithful brethren from the beginning, celebrate Christ the Word of God, speaking of him as Divine.

τὰ γὰρ Εἰρηναίου τε καὶ Μελίτωνος “καὶ τῶν λοιπῶν τίς ἀγνοεῖ βιβλία, θεὸν καὶ ἄνθρω- “πον καταγγέλλοντα τὸν Χριστόν; ψαλμοὶ δὲ ὅσοι “καὶ ᾠδαὶ ἀδελφῶν ἀπ᾿ ἀρχῆς ὑπὸ πιστῶν γραφεῖσαι “τὸν λόγον τοῦ θεοῦ τὸν Χριστὸν ὑμνοῦσι θεολο- “γοῦντες.

5.28.6

6. How then since the opinion held by the Church has been preached for so many years, can its preaching have been delayed as they affirm, until the times of Victor? And how is it that they are not ashamed to speak thus falsely of Victor, knowing well that he cut off from communion Theodotus, the cobbler, the leader and father of this God-denying apostasy, and the first to declare that Christ is mere man? For if Victor agreed with their opinions, as their slander affirms, how came he to cast out Theodotus, the inventor of this heresy?”

πῶς οὖν ἐκ τοσούτων ἐτῶν καταγγελ- ’‘λομένου τοῦ ἐκκλησιαστικοῦ φρονήματος ἐνδέχεται “τοὺς μέχρι Βίκτορος οὕτως, ὡς οὗτοι λέγουσι, κεκη- “ρυχέναι; πῶς δὲ οὐκ αἰδοῦνται ταῦτα Βίκτορος “καταψεύδεσθαι, ἀκριβῶς εἰδότες ὅτι Βίκτωρ Θεό- “δοτον τὸν σκυτέα, τὸν ἀρχηγὸν καὶ πατέρα ταύτης “τῆς ἀρνησιθέου ἀποστασίας, ἀπεκήρυξε τῆς κοινω- “νίας, πρῶτον εἰπόντα ψιλὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸν Χριστόν; “εἰ γὰρ Βίκτωρ κατ᾿ αὐτοὺς οὕτως ἐφρόνει ὡς ἡ “τούτων διδάσκει βλασφημία, πῶς ἂν ἀπέβαλλε Θεό- “δοτον τὸν τῆς αἱρέσεως ταύτης εὑρετήν;” καὶ τὰ μὲν κατὰ τὸν Βίκτορα τοιαῦτα.

5.28.7

7. So much in regard to Victor. His bishopric lasted ten years, and Zephyrinus was appointed his successor about the ninth year of the reign of Severus. The author of the above-mentioned book, concerning the founder of this heresy, narrates another event which occurred in the time of Zephyrinus, using these words:

τούτου δὲ ἔτεσι δέκα προστάντος τῆς λειτουργίας διάδοχος καθίσταται Ζεφυρῖνος, ἀμφὶ τὸ ἔνατον τῆς Σεβήρου βασιλείας ἔτος. προστίθησι δὲ ὁ τὸ προειρημένον συντάξας περὶ τοῦ κατάρξαντος τῆς δηλωθείσης αἱρέσεως βιβλίον καὶ ἄλλην κατὰ Ζεφυρῖνον γενομένην πρᾶξιν, ὧδέ πως αὐτοῖς ῥήμασι γράφων

5.28.8

8. “I will remind many of the brethren of a fact which took place in our time, which, had it happened in Sodom, might, I think, have proved a warning to them. There was a certain confessor, Natalius, not long ago, but in our own day.

“ὑπομνήσω γοῦν “πολλοὺς τῶν ἀδελφῶν πρᾶγμα ἐφ᾿ ἡμῶν γενόμενον, “ὃ νομίζω ὅτι εἰ ἐν Σοδόμοις ἐγεγόνει, τυχὸν ἂν “κἀκείνους ἐνουθέτησε. Νατάλιος ἦν τις ὁμολογη- “τὴς, οὐ πάλαι, ἀλλ᾿ ἐπὶ τῶν ἡμετέρων γενόμενος “καιρῶν.

5.28.9

9. This man was deceived at one time by Asclepiodotus and another Theodotus, a money-changer. Both of them were disciples of Theodotus, the cobbler, who, as I have said, was the first person excommunicated by Victor, bishop at that time, on account of this sentiment, or rather senselessness.

οὗτος ἠπατήθη ποτὲ ὑπὸ Ἀσκληπιοδότου “καὶ ἑτέρου Θεοδότου τινὸς τραπεζίτου. ἦσαν δὲ “οὗτοι ἄμφω Θεοδότου τοῦ σκυτέως μαθηταὶ, τοῦ “πρώτου ἐπὶ ταύτῃ τῇ φρονήσει, μᾶλλον δὲ ἀφρο- “σύνῃ, ἀφορισθέντος τῆς κοινωνίας ὑπὸ Βίκτορος, “ὡς ἔφην, τοῦ τότε ἐπισκόπου.

5.28.10

10. Natalius was persuaded by them to allow himself to be chosen bishop of this heresy with a salary, to be paid by them, of one hundred and fifty denarii a month.

ἀνεπείσθη δὲ ὁ “Νατάλιος ὑπ᾿ αὐτῶν ἐπὶ σαλαρίῳ ἐπίσκοπος κλη- “ρωθῆναι ταύτης τῆς αἱρέσεως, ὥστε λαμβάνειν παρ᾿ “αὐτῶν μηνιαῖα δηνάρια ἑκατὸν πεντήκοντα.

5.28.11

11. When he had thus connected himself with them, he was warned oftentimes by the Lord through visions. For the compassionate God and our Lord Jesus Christ was not willing that a witness of his own sufferings, being cast out of the Church, should perish.

γε- “νόμενος οὖν σὺν αὐτοῖς δι᾿ ὁραμάτων πολλάκις ἐνου- “θετεῖτο ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου. ὁ γὰρ εὔσπλαγχνος θεὸς “καὶ κύριος ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦς Χριστὸς οὐκ ἐβούλετο ἔξω “ἐκκλησίας γενόμενον ἀπολέσθαι μάρτυρα τῶν ἰδίων “παθῶν.

5.28.12

12. But as he paid little regard to the visions, because he was ensnared by the first position among them and by that shameful covetousness which destroys a great many, he was scourged by holy angels, and punished severely through the entire night. Thereupon having risen in the morning, he put on sackcloth and covered himself with ashes, and with great haste and tears he fell down before Zephyrinus, the bishop, rolling at the feet not only of the clergy, but also of the laity; and he moved with his tears the compassionate Church of the merciful Christ. And though he used much supplication, and showed the welts of the stripes which he had received, yet scarcely was he taken back into communion.”

ἐπεὶ δὲ ῥᾳθυμότερον τοῖς ὁράμασι “προσεῖχε, δελεαζόμενος τῇ τε παρ᾿ αὐτοῖς πρωτο- “καθεδρίᾳ καὶ τῇ πλείστους ἀπολλυούσῃ αἰσχροκερ- “δείᾳ, τελευταῖον ὑπὸ ἁγίων ἀγγέλων ἐμαστιγώθη, “δι᾿ ὅλης τῆς νυκτὸς οὐ σμικρῶς αἰκισθεὶς, ὥστε “ἕωθεν ἀναστῆναι, καὶ ἐνδυσάμενον σάκκον καὶ σπο- “δὸν καταπασάμενον μετὰ πολλῆς σπουδῆς καὶ δα- “κρύων προσπεσεῖν Ζεφυρίνῳ τῷ ἐπισκόπῳ, κυλιό- “μενον ὑπὸ τοὺς πόδας οὐ μόνον τῶν ἐν κλήρῳ, “ἀλλὰ καὶ τῶν λαϊκῶν, συγχέαι τε τοῖς δάκρυσι τὴν “εὔσπλαγχνον ἐκκλησίαν τοῦ ἐλεήμονος Χριστοῦ· “πολλῇ τε τῇ δεήσει χρησάμενον, δείξαντά τε τοὺς “μώλωπας ὧν εἰλήφει πληγῶν μόλις κοινωνηθῆναι.”

5.28.13

13. We will add from the same writer some other extracts concerning them, which run as follows:

“They have treated the Divine Scriptures recklessly and without fear. They have set aside the rule of ancient faith; and Christ they have not known. They do not endeavor to learn what the Divine Scriptures declare, but strive laboriously after any form of syllogism which may be devised to sustain their impiety. And if any one brings before them a passage of Divine Scripture, they see whether a conjunctive or disjunctive form of syllogism can be made from it.

τούτοις ἐπισυνάψωμεν καὶ ἄλλας περὶ τῶν αὐτῶν τοῦ αὐτοῦ συγγραφέως φωνὰς, τοῦτον ἐχούσας τὸν τρόπον· “γραφὰς μὲν θείας ἀφόβως ῥερᾳδιουργήκασι, “πίστεώς τε ἀρχαίας κανόνα ἠθετήκασι, Χριστὸν δὲ “ἠγνοήκασιν, οὐ τί αἱ θεῖαι λέγουσι γραφαὶ ζητοῦν- “τες, ἀλλ᾿ ὁποἱον σχῆμα συλλογισμοῦ εἰς τὴν τῆς “ἀθεότητος σύστασιν εὑρεθῇ, φιλοπόνως ἀσκοῦντες· “κἂν αὐτοῖς προτείνῃ τις ῥητὸν γραφὴς θεϊκῆς, ἐξε- “τάζουσι, πότερον συνημμένον ἢ διεζευγμένον δύνα- “ται ποιῆσαι σχῆμα συλλογισμοῦ.

5.28.14

14. And as being of the earth and speaking of the earth, and as ignorant of him who cometh from above, they forsake the holy writings of God to devote themselves to geometry. Euclid is laboriously measured by some of them; and Aristotle and Theophrastus are admired; and Galen, perhaps, by some is even worshiped.

καταλιπόντες “δὲ τὰς ἁγίας τοῦ θεοῦ γραφὰς γεωμετρίαν ἐπιτη- “δεύουσιν, ὡσὰν ἐκ τῆς γῆς ὄντες καὶ ἐκ τῆς γῆς “λαλοῦντες, καὶ τὸν ἄνωθεν ἐρχόμενον ἀγνοοῦντες. “Εὐκλείδης γοῦν παρά τισιν αὐτῶν φιλοπόνως γεω- “μετρεῖται, Ἀριστοτέλης δὲ καὶ Θεόφραστος θαυμά- “ζονται, Γαληνὸς γὰρ ἴσως ὑπό τινων καὶ προσκυ- “νεῖται.

5.28.15

15. But that those who use the arts of unbelievers for their heretical opinions and adulterate the simple faith of the Divine Scriptures by the craft of the godless, are far from the faith, what need is there to say? Therefore they have laid their hands boldly upon the Divine Scriptures, alleging that they have corrected them.

οἱ δὲ ταῖς τῶν ἀπίστων τέχναις εἰς τὴν “τῆς αἱρέσεως αὐτῶν γνώμην ἀποχρώμενοι, καὶ τῇ “τῶν ἀθέων πανουργίᾳ τὴν ἁπλῆν τῶν θείων γρα- “φῶν πίστιν καπηλεύοντες, ὅτι μηδὲ ἐγγὺς πίστεως “ὑπάρχουσι, τί δεῖ καὶ λέγειν; διὰ τοῦτο ταῖς θείαις “γραφαῖς ἀφόβως ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας, λέγοντες αὐ- “τὰς διωρθωκέναι.

5.28.16

16. That I am not speaking falsely of them in this matter, whoever wishes may learn. For if any one will collect their respective copies, and compare them one with another, he will find that they differ greatly.

καὶ ὅτι τοῦτο μὴ καταψευδό- “μενος αὐτῶν λέγω ὁ βούλομενος δύναται μαθεῖν. “εἰ γάρ τις θελήσει συγκομίσας αὐτῶν ἑκάστου τὰ “ἀντίγραφα ἐξετάζειν πρὸς ἄλληλα, κατὰ πολὺ ἂν “εὕροι διαφωνοῦντα. ἀσύμφωνα γοῦν ἔσται τὰ Ασκλη- ‘πιάδου τοῖς Θεοδότου.

5.28.17

17. Those of Asclepiades, for example, do not agree with those of Theodotus. And many of these can be obtained, because their disciples have assiduously written the corrections, as they call them, that is the corruptions, of each of them. Again, those of Hermophilus do not agree with these, and those of Apollonides are not consistent with themselves. For you can compare those prepared by them at an earlier date with those which they corrupted later, and you will find them widely different.

πολλῶν δὲ ἔστιν εὐπο- “ρῆσαι, διὰ τὸ φιλοτίμως ἐγγεγράφθαι τοὺς μαθητὰς “αὐτῶν τὰ ὑφ’ ἑκάστου αὐτῶν, ὡς αὐτοὶ καλοῦσι, ‘κατωρθωμένα, τουτ’ έστιν ἠφανισμένα. πάλιν δὲ τούτοις τὰ Ἑρμοφίλου οὐ συνᾴδει. τὰ γὰρ Ἀπολλωνί- ‘δου οὐδὲ αὐτὰ ἑαυτοῖς ἐστι σύμφωνα. ἔνεστι συγκρῖναι τὰ πρότερον ὑπ’ αὐτῶν κατασκευασθέντα “τοῖς ὕστερον πάλιν ἐπιδιαστραφεῖσι, καὶ εὑρεῖν “πολὺ ἀπᾴδοντα.

5.28.18

18. But how daring this offense is, it is not likely that they themselves are ignorant. For either they do not believe that the Divine Scriptures were spoken by the Holy Spirit, and thus are unbelievers, or else they think themselves wiser than the Holy Spirit, and in that case what else are they than demoniacs? For they cannot deny the commission of the crime, since the copies have been written by their own hands. For they did not receive such Scriptures from their instructors, nor can they produce any copies from which they were transcribed.

ὅσης δὲ τόλμης ἐστὶ τοῦτο τὸ “ἁμάρτημα, εἰκὸς μηδὲ ἐκείνους ἀγνοεῖν. ἢ γὰρ πιστεύουσιν ἁγίῳ πνεύματι λελέχθαι τὰς θείας γραφὰς, καί εἰσιν ἄπιοτοι, ἢ ἑαυτοὺς ἡγοῦνται σοφω- “τέρους τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος ὑπάρχειν, καὶ τί ἕτερον ‘ἢ δαιμονῶσιν. οὐδὲ γὰρ ἀρνήσασθαι δύνανται ἑαυτῶν εἶναι τὸ τόλμημα, ὁπόταν καὶ τῇ αὐτῶν χειρὶ “ᾖ γεγραμμένα, καὶ παρ’ ὧν κατηχήθησαν, μὴ παρέλαβον τὰς γραφὰς, καὶ δεῖξαι ἀντίγραφα, “ὅθεν αὐτὰ μετεγράψαντο, μὴ ἔχωσιν.

5.28.19

19. But some of them have not thought it worth while to corrupt them, but simply deny the law and the prophets, and thus through their lawless and impious teaching under pretense of grace, have sunk to the lowest depths of perdition.”

Let this suffice for these things.

ἔνιοι δὲ “αὐτῶν οὐδὲ παραχαράσσειν ἠξίωσαν αὐτὰς, ἀλλ’ “ ἁπλῶς ἀρνησάμενοι τόν τε νόμον καὶ τοὺς προφή- “τὰς, ἀνόμου καὶ ἀθέου διδασκαλίας προφάσει χάρι- ‘τος εἰς ἔσχατον ἀπωλείας ὄλεθρον κατωλίσθησαν. καὶ ταῦτα μὲν τοῦτον ἱστορήσθω τὸν τρόπον.

Philip Schaff and Henry Wace (eds.), New York: Christian Literature Publishing Co., 1890-1900. Public domain: English translation first published 1885-1900 (Nicene and Post-Nicene Fathers, Second Series). Greek: First1KGreek transcription of public-domain editions, CC BY-SA 4.0 (Open Greek and Latin).

Save for later

Enter your email and we will send you a sign-in link. No password. What you save (articles, verses, chapters, documents) follows you to any device.